| all | frequencies |
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| manuals | ||||||
| app s | submitted / available | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
|
08 user guide final | Users Manual | 1.02 MiB | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
|
Final version of user manual | Users Manual | 3.74 MiB | / September 03 2011 | |||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
|
HAC mode implementation | Users Manual | 87.18 KiB | November 08 2011 | |||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | July 09 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | July 09 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | July 09 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Setup Photos | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Setup Photos | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | November 08 2011 / April 10 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
|
CRN 39552 reply | RF Exposure Info | 834.69 KiB | / September 03 2011 | |||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | September 02 2011 / September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | April 03 2011 / September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | April 03 2011 / September 03 2011 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | ID Label/Location Info | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
|
02 request for confidentiality | Cover Letter(s) | 95.52 KiB | July 06 2010 | |||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | External Photos | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Setup Photos | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Internal Photos | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | / July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Report | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | / July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | RF Exposure Info | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | July 06 2010 | ||||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Cover Letter(s) | July 06 2010 |
| 1 2 3 4 5 | 08 user guide final | Users Manual | 1.02 MiB |
Important Product Information Guide iPhone 4 This Important Product Information Guide contains safety and handling, regulatory, software license, and warranty information for iPhone. Look for recycling, disposal, and other environmental information in the iPhone User Guide at: support.apple.com/manuals/iphone
To avoid injury, read all safety information below and operating instructions before using iPhone. For detailed operating instructions, read the iPhone User Guide on your iPhone by visiting help.apple.com/iphone or using the iPhone User Guide bookmark in Safari. For downloadable versions of the latest iPhone User Guide and this Important Product Information Guide, visit: support.apple.com/manuals/iphone Important Safety and Handling Information WARNING:Failure to follow these safety instructions could result in fire, electric shock, or other injury or damage to iPhone or other property. Carrying and Handling iPhone iPhone contains sensitive components. Do not drop, disassemble, open, crush, bend, deform, puncture, shred, microwave, incinerate, paint, or insert foreign objects into iPhone. Do not use iPhone if it has been damagedfor example, if iPhone is cracked, punctured, or damaged by water. The front and back covers of iPhone are made of glass. This glass could break if iPhone is dropped on a hard surface or receives a substantial impact or is crushed, bent, or deformed. If the glass chips or cracks, do not touch or attempt to remove the broken glass. Stop using iPhone until the glass is replaced by Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. Glass cracked due to misuse or abuse is not covered under the warranty. If you are concerned about scratching or abrasion, you can use one of the many cases sold separately. Keeping the Outside of iPhone Clean Clean iPhone immediately if it comes into contact with any contaminants that may cause stains, such as ink, dyes, makeup, dirt, food, oils, and lotions. To clean iPhone, unplug all cables and turn off iPhone (press and hold the Sleep/Wake button, and then slide the onscreen slider). Then use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free cloth. Avoid getting moisture in openings. Dont use window cleaners, household cleaners, aerosol sprays, solvents, alcohol, ammonia, or abrasives to clean iPhone. The front and back glass surfaces have an oleophobic coating. To remove fingerprints, simply wipe these surfaces with a soft, lint-free cloth. Note that the ability of this coating to repel oil will diminish over time with normal usage, and that rubbing the screen with an abrasive material will further diminish its effect and may scratch the glass. Avoiding Water and Wet Locations Do not use iPhone in rain, or near washbasins or other wet locations. Take care not to spill any food or liquid on iPhone. In case iPhone gets wet, unplug all cables, turn off iPhone (press and hold the Sleep/Wake button, and then slide the onscreen slider) before cleaning, and allow it to dry thoroughly before turning it on again. Do not attempt to dry iPhone with an external heat source, such as a microwave oven or hair dryer. Damage to iPhone caused by contact with liquid is not covered under the warranty. Repairing or Modifying iPhone Never attempt to repair or modify iPhone yourself. iPhone does not contain any user-serviceable parts, except for the SIM card and SIM tray. Disassembling iPhone, including the removal of external screws and back cover, may cause damage that is not covered under the warranty. Service should only be provided by Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. If you have questions, contact Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. For service information, choose iPhone Help from the Help menu in iTunes or go to:
www.apple.com/support/iphone/service/faq Battery Replacement Do not attempt to replace the rechargeable battery in iPhone yourself. The battery may only be replaced by Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. For more information about battery replacement service, go to:
www.apple.com/support/iphone/service/battery Charging iPhone To charge iPhone, only use the Apple Dock Connector to USB Cable with an Apple USB Power Adapter or a high-power USB port on another device that is compliant with the USB 2.0 or 1.1 standard, another Apple-branded product or accessory designed to work with iPhone, or a third-party accessory certified to use the Apple Works with iPhone or Made for iPhone logo. Read all safety instructions for any products and accessories before using with iPhone. Apple is not responsible for the operation of, or any damage caused by, third-party accessories or their compliance with safety and regulatory standards. When you use the Apple USB Power Adapter to charge iPhone, make sure that the power adapter is fully assembled before you plug it into a power outlet. Then insert the Apple USB Power Adapter firmly into the power outlet. Do not connect or disconnect the Apple USB Power Adapter with wet hands. The Apple USB Power Adapter may become warm during normal use. Always allow adequate ventilation around the Apple USB Power Adapter and use care when handling. Unplug the Apple USB Power Adapter if any of the following conditions exist:
The power cord or plug has become frayed or damaged. The adapter is exposed to rain, liquid, or excessive moisture. The adapter case has become damaged. You suspect the adapter needs service or repair. You want to clean the adapter. Avoiding Hearing Damage Permanent hearing loss may occur if the receiver, earbuds, headphones, speakerphone, or earpieces are used at high volume. Set the volume to a safe level. You can adapt over time to a higher volume of sound that may sound normal but can be damaging to your hearing. If you experience ringing in your ears or muffled speech, stop listening and have your hearing checked. The louder the volume, the less time is required before your hearing could be affected. Hearing experts suggest that to protect your hearing:
Limit the amount of time you use the receiver, earbuds, headphones, speakerphone, or earpieces at high volume. Avoid turning up the volume to block out noisy surroundings. Turn the volume down if you cant hear people speaking near you. For information about how to set a maximum volume limit on iPhone, see the iPhone User Guide. Emergency Calls You should not rely on wireless devices for essential communications, such as medical emergencies. Use of iPhone to call emergency services may not work in all locations or all operating conditions. Emergency numbers and services vary by region, and sometimes an emergency call cannot be placed due to network availability or environmental interference. Some cellular networks may not accept an emergency call from iPhone if it does not have a SIM, if the SIM is PIN-locked, or if you have not activated your iPhone. Driving and Riding Safely Use of iPhone alone or with headphones
(even if used only in one ear) while driving a vehicle or riding a bicycle is not recommended and is illegal in some areas. Check and obey the laws and regulations on the use of mobile devices like iPhone in the areas where you drive or ride. Be careful and attentive while driving or riding a bicycle. If you decide to use iPhone while driving, keep in mind the following guidelines:1 Give full attention to driving or riding and to the road. Using a mobile device while driving or riding may be distracting. If you find it disruptive or distracting while operating any type of vehicle, riding a bicycle, or performing any activity that requires your full attention, pull off the road and park before making or answering a call. Get to know iPhone and its features such as Voice Control, Favorites, Recents, and Speaker. These features help you to place your call without taking your attention off the road. See the iPhone User Guide for more information. Use a hands-free device. Take advantage of one of the many compatible hands-free accessories available for use with iPhone. Use of a hands-free device may be required in some areas. Position iPhone within easy reach. Keep your eyes on the road. If you get an incoming call at an inconvenient time, let your voicemail answer it for you. Try to plan calls when your car will be stationary. Assess the traffic before dialing, or place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic. Let the person you are speaking with know you are driving. If necessary, suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions. Driving in rain, sleet, snow, ice, fog, and even heavy traffic can be hazardous. Do not text, email, take notes, look up phone numbers, or perform any other activities that require your attention while driving. Composing or reading texts and emails, jotting down a to-do list, or flipping through your address book takes attention away from your primary responsibility, driving safely. 1 Adapted from the CTIA-The Wireless Association Safe Driving Tips. Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may be distracting. Make people you are talking with aware you are driving and suspend conversations that have the potential to divert your attention from the road. Navigating Safely Do not rely on iPhone applications that provide maps, digital compass headings, orientation information, directions, or location-based navigation to determine precise locations, proximity, orientation, distance, or direction. These applications should only be used for basic navigation assistance. Maps, directions, and location-based applications depend on data services. These data services are subject to change and may not be available in all geographic areas, resulting in maps, digital compass headings, directions or location-based information that may be unavailable, inaccurate, or incomplete. iPhone contains an internal digital compass located in the upper-right corner of iPhone. The accuracy of digital compass headings may be negatively affected by magnetic or other environmental interference, including interference caused by the close proximity of the magnets contained in the iPhone earbuds. Never rely solely on the digital compass for determining direction. Compare the information provided on iPhone to your surroundings and defer to posted signs to resolve any discrepancies. Do not use location-based applications while performing activities that require your full attention. For important information about driving safety, see the Driving and Riding Safely section. Always comply with posted signs and the laws and regulations in the areas where you are using iPhone. For Vehicles Equipped with an Air Bag An air bag inflates with great force. Do not store iPhone or any of its accessories in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. Seizures, Blackouts, and Eyestrain A small percentage of people may be susceptible to blackouts or seizures (even if they have never had one before) when exposed to flashing lights or light patterns such as when playing games or watching video. If you have experienced seizures or blackouts or have a family history of such occurrences, you should consult a physician before playing games (if available) or watching videos on your iPhone. Discontinue use of iPhone and consult a physician if you experience headaches, blackouts, seizures, convulsion, eye or muscle twitching, loss of awareness, involuntary movement, or disorientation. To reduce risk of headaches, blackouts, seizures, and eyestrain, avoid prolonged use, hold iPhone some distance from your eyes, use iPhone in a well lit room, and take frequent breaks. Choking Hazards iPhone contains small parts, which may present a choking hazard to small children. Keep iPhone and its accessories away from small children. Repetitive Motion When you perform repetitive activities such as typing or playing games on iPhone, you may experience occasional discomfort in your hands, arms, shoulders, neck, or other parts of your body. Take frequent breaks and if you have discomfort during or after such use, stop use and see a physician. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Turn off iPhone (press and hold the Sleep/Wake button, and then slide the onscreen slider) when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere. Do not charge iPhone, and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire, resulting in serious injury or even death. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often, but not always, marked clearly. Potential areas may include: fueling areas (such as gas stations); below deck on boats; fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where the air contains chemicals or particles (such as grain, dust, or metal powders); and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Using Connectors and Ports Never force a connector into a port. Check for obstructions on the port. If the connector and port dont join with reasonable ease, they probably dont match. Make sure that the connector matches the port and that you have positioned the connector correctly in relation to the port. Keeping iPhone Within Acceptable Temperatures iPhone is designed to be operated in temperatures is between 0 and 35 C (32 to 95 F) and stored in temperatures between -20 and 45 C (-4 to 113 F). Low- or high-temperature conditions might temporarily shorten battery life or cause iPhone to temporarily stop working properly. Leaving iPhone in a parked vehicle or in direct sunlight can cause iPhone to exceed these storage or operating temperature ranges. Avoid dramatic changes in temperature or humidity when using iPhone as condensation may form on or within iPhone. When youre using iPhone or charging the battery, it is normal for iPhone to get warm. The exterior of iPhone functions as a cooling surface that transfers heat from inside the unit to the cooler air outside. Exposure to Radio Frequency Energy iPhone contains radio transmitters and receivers. When on, iPhone receives and sends out radio frequency (RF) energy through its antennas. The iPhone cellular antenna is located at the bottom edge of iPhone, to the left of the Home button. The Wi-Fi and Bluetooth antenna is located at the top edge of iPhone, to the right of the headset jack. For optimal mobile device performance and to be sure that human exposure to RF energy does not exceed the FCC, IC, and European Union guidelines, always follow these instructions and precautions: When on a call using the built-in audio receiver in iPhone, hold iPhone with the dock connector pointed down toward your shoulder to increase separation from the antenna. When using iPhone near your body for voice calls or for wireless data transmission over a cellular network, keep iPhone at least 15 mm (5/8 inch) away from the body, and only use carrying cases, belt clips, or holders that do not have metal parts and that maintain at least 15 mm (5/8 inch) separation between iPhone and the body. iPhone is designed and manufactured to comply with the limits for exposure to RF energy set by the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) of the United States, Industry Canada (IC) of Canada, and regulating entities of Japan, the European Union, and other countries. The exposure standard employs a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate, or SAR. The SAR limit applicable to iPhone set by the FCC is 1.6 watts per kilogram (W/kg), 1.6 W/kg by Industry Canada, and 2.0 W/
kg by the Council of the European Union. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions (i.e., at the ear and worn on the body) specified by these agencies, with iPhone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although SAR is determined at the highest certified power level in each frequency band, the actual SAR level of iPhone while in operation can be well below the maximum value because iPhone adjusts its cellular transmitting power based in part on proximity to the wireless network. In general, the closer you are to a cellular base station, the lower the cellular transmitting power level. iPhone has been tested,2 and meets the FCC, IC, and European Union RF exposure guidelines for cellular, Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth operation. iPhones maximum SAR value for each frequency band is outlined below:
Frequency Band Body3 Head FCC & IC 1g SAR Limit (W/kg) GSM 850 GSM 1900 UMTS II 1900 UMTS V 850 Wi-Fi 1.11 0.43 0.43 1.11 0.07 1.00 1.17 1.17 1.00 0.88 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 Frequency Band Body3 Head EU 10g SAR Limit (W/kg) EGSM 900 GSM 1800 UMTS I 2100 UMTS VIII 900 Wi-Fi 0.74 0.28 0.36 0.74 0.05 0.66 0.59 0.93 0.66 0.36 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 iPhones SAR measurement may exceed the FCC exposure guidelines for body-worn operation if positioned less than 15 mm (5/8 inch) from the body (e.g., when carrying iPhone in your pocket). 2 The device was tested by Compliance Certification Services, Fremont, CA according to measurement standards and procedures specified in FCC OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C (Edition 01-01) and IEEE P1528.1, April 21 2003, and Canada RSS 102, Issue 4, March 2010. iPhone adheres to the European Council Recommendation of 12 July 1999 on the Limitation of Exposure of the General Public to Electromagnetic Fields [1999/519/EC]. 3 iPhone positioned 15 mm (5/8 inch) away from the body. If you are still concerned about exposure to RF energy, you can further limit your exposure by limiting the amount of time using iPhone, since time is a factor in how much exposure a person receives, and by using a hands-free device and placing more distance between your body and iPhone, since exposure level drops off dramatically with distance. Additional Information For more information from the FCC about exposure to RF energy, see: www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety The FCC and the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) also maintain a consumer website at www.fda.gov/Radiation-EmittingProducts/
RadiationEmittingProductsandProcedures/HomeBusinessandEntertainment/
CellPhones/default.htm to address inquiries about the safety of mobile phones. Please check the website periodically for updates. For information about the scientific research related to RF energy exposure, see the EMF Research Database maintained by the World Health Organization at: www.who.int/peh-emf/research/database Radio Frequency Interference Radio-frequency emissions from electronic equipment can negatively affect the operation of other electronic equipment causing them to malfunction. Although iPhone is designed, tested, and manufactured to comply with regulations governing radio frequency emission in countries such as the United States, Canada, the European Union, and Japan, the wireless transmitters and electrical circuits in iPhone may cause interference in other electronic equipment. Therefore, please take the following precautions:
Aircraft Use of iPhone may be prohibited while traveling in aircraft. For more information about using Airplane Mode to turn off the iPhone wireless transmitters, see the iPhone User Guide. Vehicles Radio frequency emissions from iPhone may affect electronic systems in motor vehicles. Check with the manufacturer or its representative regarding your vehicle. Pacemakers The Health Industry Manufacturers Association recommends that a minimum separation of 15 cm (6 inches) be maintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. Persons with pacemakers:
Should always keep iPhone more than 15 cm (6 inches) from the pacemaker when the phone is turned on Should not carry iPhone in a breast pocket Should use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the potential for interference If you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place, turn iPhone off immediately. (Press and hold the Sleep/Wake button until the red slider appears, then drag the slider.) Hearing Aids iPhone may interfere with hearing aids. If it does, consult the hearing aid manufacturer or your physician for alternatives or remedies. Other Medical Devices If you use any other personal medical device, consult the device manufacturer or your physician to determine if it is adequately shielded from radio frequency emissions from iPhone. Health Care Facilities Hospitals and health care facilities may use equipment that is particularly sensitive to external radio frequency emissions. Turn iPhone off when staff or posted signs instruct you to do so. Blasting Areas and Posted Facilities To avoid interfering with blasting operations, turn off iPhone when in a blasting area or in areas posted Turn off two-way radio. Obey all signs and instructions. Certification and Compliance See iPhone for the certification and compliance marks specific to that device. To view, choose Settings > General > About > Regulatory. U.S. FCC ID: BCG-E2380A FCC ID: BCG-E2380B Singapore Canada IC ID: 579C-E2380A IC ID: 579C-E2380B Australia/
New Zealand Mexico E.U. Russia Japan AD 10-0008 202 202XY10671311 202MW10671311 202WW10671312 202WW10671311 202GZ10671311 AD 10-0009 202 202XY10671321 202MW10671321 202WW10671322 202WW10671321 202GZ10671321 Important:Changes or modifications to this product not authorized by Apple could void the EMC and wireless compliance and negate your authority to operate the product. This product has demonstrated EMC compliance under conditions that included the use of compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components. It is important that you use compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components to reduce the possibility of causing interference to radios, televisions, and other electronic devices. FCC Compliance Statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Compliance Statement Complies with the Canadian ICES-003 Class B specifications. Cet appareil numrique de la Classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada. This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada. This Class B device meets all the requirements of the Canadian interference-causing equipment regulations. Cet appareil numrique de la Classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Rglement sur le matriel brouilleur du Canada. European Union Regulatory Conformance The equipment complies with the RF Exposure Requirement 1999/519/EC, Council Recommendation of 12 July 1999 on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields (0300 GHz). This equipment meets the following conformance standards:
EN 300 328, EN 301 489-17, EN 301 511, EN 301 908, EN 50385 This wireless device complies with the R&TTE Directive. EU Declaration of Conformity AppleInc.,, Wi-FiBluetooth 1999/5/. eskySpolenostAppleInc.tmtoprohlauje,etotomobilnzazens technologiWi-FiaBluetoothvyhovujezkladnmpoadavkmadalm pslunmustanovenmsmrnice1999/5/ES. DanskUndertegnedeAppleInc.erklrerherved,atflgendeudstyr cellular,Wi-FiogBluetoothoverholderdevsentligekravogvrige relevantekravidirektiv1999/5/EF. DeutschHiermiterklrtAppleInc.,dasssichMobiltelefon,Wi-Fiund BluetoothinbereinstimmungmitdengrundlegendenAnforderungen unddenbrigeneinschlgigenBestimmungenderRichtlinie1999/5/EG befinden. EestiKesolevagakinnitabAppleInc.,etseemobiil-,Wi-Fi-ja Bluetooth-seadevastabdirektiivi1999/5/Ephinuetelejanimetatud direktiivisttulenevateleteisteleasjakohastelestetele. EnglishHereby,AppleInc.declaresthatthiscellular,Wi-Fi,and Bluetoothdeviceisincompliancewiththeessentialrequirementsand otherrelevantprovisionsofDirective1999/5/EC. EspaolPormediodelapresenteAppleInc.declaraqueeste dispositivocelular,Wi-FiyBluetoothcumpleconlosrequisitos esencialesycualesquieraotrasdisposicionesaplicablesoexigiblesde laDirectiva1999/5/CE. M,AppleInc.
,Wi-FiBluetooth 1999/5/. FranaisParlaprsenteAppleInc.dclarequelappareilcellulaire, Wi-Fi,etBluetoothestconformeauxexigencesessentiellesetaux autresdispositionspertinentesdeladirective1999/5/CE. IslenskaAppleInc.lsirvhrmeyfiraettatki,semerfarsmi, rlausogmebltannartkni(e:cellular,Wi-FiandBluetooth,) fullngirlgmarkskrfumogrumvieigandikvum Evrputilskipunar1999/5/EC. ItalianoConlapresenteAppleInc.dichiarachequestodispositivo cellulare,Wi-FieBluetoothconformeairequisitiessenzialiedallealtre disposizionipertinentistabilitedalladirettiva1999/5/CE. LatviskiAroAppleInc.deklar,kacellular,Wi-FiunBluetoothierce atbilstDirektvas1999/5/EKbtiskajmprasbmuncitiemarto saisttajiemnoteikumiem. LietuviiuoAppleInc.deklaruoja,kadkorinio,Wi-FiirBluetooth ryiorenginysatitinkaesminiusreikalavimusirkitas1999/5/EB Direktyvosnuostatas. MagyarAlulrott,AppleInc.nyilatkozom,hogyamobil,Wi-Fis Bluetoothmegfelelavonatkozalapvetkvetelmnyekneksaz 1999/5/ECirnyelvegybelrsainak. NederlandsHierbijverklaartAppleInc.dathettoestelcellular,Wi-Fi,en Bluetoothinovereenstemmingismetdeessentileeisenendeandere bepalingenvanrichtlijn1999/5/EG. NorskAppleInc.erklrerhervedatdettemobiltelefon-,Wi-Fi-og Bluetooth-apparateterisamsvarmeddegrunnleggendekraveneog vrigerelevantekraviEU-direktivet1999/5/EF. PolskiNiniejszymAppleInc.owiadcza,etentelefonkomrkowy, urzdzenieWi-FiorazBluetoothszgodnezzasadniczymiwymogami orazpozostaymistosownymipostanowieniamiDyrektywy1999/5/EC. PortugusAppleInc.declaraqueestedispositivomvel,Wi-Fie Bluetoothestemconformidadecomosrequisitosessenciaiseoutras disposiesdaDirectiva1999/5/CE. RomnPrinprezenta,AppleInc.declarcacestaparatcelular,Wi-Fi iBluetoothestenconformitatecucerineleesenialeicucelelalte prevederirelevantealeDirectivei1999/5/CE. SlovenskoAppleInc.izjavlja,dasocelinenapraveternapraveWi-Fi inBluetoothskladnezbistvenimizahtevamiinostalimiustreznimi doloilidirektive1999/5/ES. SlovenskyAppleInc.tmtovyhlasuje,etotomobiln,Wi-Fi&
Bluetoothzariadeniespazkladnpoiadavkyavetkyprslun ustanoveniaSmernice1999/5/ES. SuomiAppleInc.vakuuttaatten,etttmmatkapuhelin-,Wi-Fi-
jaBluetooth-tyyppinenlaiteondirektiivin1999/5/EYoleellisten vaatimustenjasitkoskeviendirektiivinmuidenehtojenmukainen. SvenskaHrmedintygarAppleInc.attdennamobiltelefoni-,Wi-Fi-, ochBluetooth-enhetstriverensstmmelsemeddevsentliga egenskapskravochvrigarelevantabestmmelsersomframgrav direktiv1999/5/EG. A copy of the EU Declaration of Conformity is available at:
www.apple.com/euro/compliance iPhone can be used in the following countries:
European Community Restrictions FranaisPourusageenintrieuruniquement.ConsultezlAutoritde RgulationdesCommunicationsElectroniquesetdesPostes(ARCEP) pourconnatreleslimitesdutilisationdescanaux113.www.arcep.fr Japan Compliance StatementVCCI Class B Statement iPhone Terms and Conditions IMPORTANT: BY USING YOUR iPHONE, YOU ARE AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE FOLLOWING APPLE AND THIRD PARTY TERMS:
A. APPLE iPHONE SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT B. NOTICES FROM APPLE C. GOOGLE MAPS TERMS AND CONDITIONS D. YOUTUBE TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLE INC. iPHONE SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT Single Use License PLEASE READ THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT (LICENSE) CAREFULLY BEFORE USING YOUR iPHONE OR DOWNLOADING THE SOFTWARE UPDATE ACCOMPANYING THIS LICENSE. BY USING YOUR iPHONE OR DOWNLOADING THIS SOFTWARE UPDATE, AS APPLICABLE, YOU ARE AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE, UNLESS YOU RETURN THE iPHONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLES RETURN POLICY. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE, DO NOT USE THE iPHONE OR DOWNLOAD THIS SOFTWARE UPDATE. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THE LICENSE, YOU MAY RETURN THE iPHONE WITHIN THE RETURN PERIOD TO THE APPLE STORE OR AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR WHERE YOU OBTAINED IT FOR A REFUND, SUBJECT TO APPLES RETURN POLICY FOUND AT http://www.apple.com/legal/sales_policies/. 1. General. The software (including Boot ROM code and other embedded software), documentation, interfaces, content, fonts and any data that came with your iPhone (Original iPhone Software), as may be updated or replaced by feature enhancements, software updates or system restore software provided by Apple (iPhone Software Updates), whether in read only memory, on any other media or in any other form (the Original iPhone Software and iPhone Software Updates are collectively referred to as the iPhone Software) are licensed, not sold, to you by Apple Inc.
(Apple) for use only under the terms of this License. Apple and its licensors retain ownership of the iPhone Software itself and reserve all rights not expressly granted to you. Apple, at its discretion, may make available future updates to the iPhone OS software for your iPhone. Updates, if any, may not necessarily include all existing software features, or new features that Apple releases for newer iPhone models. 2. Permitted License Uses and Restrictions.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, you are granted a limited non-exclusive license to use the iPhone Software on a single Apple-branded iPhone. Except as permitted in Section 2(b) below, this License does not allow the iPhone Software to exist on more than one Apple-branded iPhone at a time or on any other phone, and you may not distribute or make the iPhone Software available over a network where it could be used by multiple devices at the same time. This License does not grant you any rights to use Apple proprietary interfaces and other intellectual property in the design, development, manufacture, licensing or distribution of third party devices and accessories, or third party software applications, for use with the iPhone. Some of those rights are available under separate licenses from Apple. For more information on developing third party devices and accessories for the iPhone, please email madeforipod@apple.com. For more information on developing software applications for the iPhone, please email devprograms@
apple.com.
(b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, you are granted a limited non-exclusive license to download iPhone Software Updates that may be made available by Apple for your model of the iPhone to update or restore the software on any such iPhone that you own or control. This License does not allow you to update or restore iPhones that you do not control or own, and you may not distribute or make the iPhone Software Updates available over a network where they could be used by multiple devices or multiple computers at the same time. You may make one copy of the iPhone Software Updates stored on your computer in machine-readable form for backup purposes only, provided that the backup copy must include all copyright or other proprietary notices contained on the original.
(c) You may not and you agree not to, or to enable others to, copy
(except as expressly permitted by this License), decompile, reverse engineer, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, decrypt, modify, or create derivative works of the iPhone Software or any services provided by the iPhone Software, or any part thereof (except as and only to the extent any foregoing restriction is prohibited by applicable law or to the extent as may be permitted by licensing terms governing use of open-sourced components included with the iPhone Software). Any attempt to do so is a violation of the rights of Apple and its licensors of the iPhone Software.
(d) By storing content on your iPhone you are making a digital copy. In some jurisdictions, it is unlawful to make digital copies without prior permission from the rightsholder. The iPhone Software may be used to reproduce materials so long as such use is limited to reproduction of non-copyrighted materials, materials in which you own the copyright, or materials you are authorized or legally permitted to reproduce.
(e) You agree to use the iPhone Software and the Services (as defined in Section 5 below) in compliance with all applicable laws, including local laws of the country or region in which you reside or in which you download or use the iPhone Software and Services. 3. Transfer. You may not rent, lease, lend, sell, redistribute, or sublicense the iPhone Software. You may, however, make a one-time permanent transfer of all of your license rights to the iPhone Software to another party in connection with the transfer of ownership of your iPhone, provided that:
(a) the transfer must include your iPhone and all of the iPhone Software, including all its component parts, original media, printed materials and this License; (b) you do not retain any copies of the iPhone Software, full or partial, including copies stored on a computer or other storage device; and
(c) the party receiving the iPhone Software reads and agrees to accept the terms and conditions of this License. 4. Consent to Use of Data.
(a) Anonymous Diagnostic and Usage Data. You agree that Apple and its subsidiaries and agents may collect, maintain, process and use diagnostic, technical, usage and related information, including but not limited to information about your iPhone, computer, system and application software, and peripherals, that is gathered periodically to facilitate the provision of software updates, product support and other services to you (if any) related to the iPhone Software, and to verify compliance with the terms of this License. Apple may use this information, as long as it is collected anonymously in a form that does not personally identify you, to improve our products or to provide services or technologies to you.
(b) Location Data. Apple and its partners and licensees may provide certain services through your iPhone that rely upon location information. To provide and improve these services, where available, Apple and its partners and licensees may transmit, collect, maintain, process and use your location data, including the real-time geographic location of your iPhone, and location search queries. The location data and queries collected by Apple are collected in a form that does not personally identify you and may be used by Apple and its partners and licensees to provide and improve location-based products and services. By using any location-based services on your iPhone, you agree and consent to Apples and its partners and licensees transmission, collection, maintenance, processing and use of your location data and queries to provide and improve such products and services. You may withdraw this consent at any time by going to the Location Services setting on your iPhone and either turning off the global Location Services setting or turning off the individual location settings of each location-aware application on your iPhone. Not using these location features will not impact the non location-based functionality of your iPhone. When using third party applications or services on the iPhone that use or provide location data, you are subject to and should review such third partys terms and privacy policy on use of location data by such third party applications or services.
(c) Video Calls. The video call feature of the iPhone Software (Video Call) requires Internet access and may not be available in all countries or regions. Your use of Video Call is subject to your compliance with Section 2(e) above and you understand that your iPhones telephone number will be displayed to the other party on the Video Call, even if you have a blocked number. By using the iPhone Software, you agree that Apple may use and maintain your iPhones telephone number as a unique account identifier for the purpose of providing and improving the Video Call feature. You may turn off the Video Call feature by going to the Restrictions setting on your iPhone and enabling the Video Calls restriction.
(d) Interest-Based Advertising. Apple may provide mobile, interest-based advertising to you. If you do not want to receive relevant ads on your iPhone, you can opt out by going to this link on your iPhone: http://
oo.apple.com. If you opt out, you will continue to receive the same number of mobile ads, but they may be less relevant because they will not be based on your interests. You may still see ads related to the content on a web page or in an application or based on other non-
personal information. This opt-out applies only to Apple advertising services and does not affect interest-based advertising from other advertising networks. At all times your information will be treated in accordance with Apples Privacy Policy, which is incorporated by reference into this License and can be viewed at: www.apple.com/legal/privacy/. 5. Services and Third Party Materials.
(a) The iPhone Software enables access to Apples iTunes Store, App Store and other Apple and third party services and web sites (collectively and individually, Services). Use of the Services requires Internet access and use of certain Services requires you to accept additional terms. By using this software in connection with an iTunes Store account, you agree to the latest iTunes Store Terms and Conditions, which you may access and review at http://www.apple.com/legal/itunes/ww/.
(b) You understand that by using any of the Services, you may encounter content that may be deemed offensive, indecent, or objectionable, which content may or may not be identified as having explicit language, and that the results of any search or entering of a particular URL may automatically and unintentionally generate links or references to objectionable material. Nevertheless, you agree to use the Services at your sole risk and that Apple shall have no liability to you for content that may be found to be offensive, indecent, or objectionable.
(c) Certain Services may display, include or make available content, data, information, applications or materials from third parties (Third Party Materials) or provide links to certain third party web sites. By using the Services, you acknowledge and agree that Apple is not responsible for examining or evaluating the content, accuracy, completeness, timeliness, validity, copyright compliance, legality, decency, quality or any other aspect of such Third Party Materials or web sites. Apple, its officers, affiliates and subsidiaries do not warrant or endorse and do not assume and will not have any liability or responsibility to you or any other person for any third-
party Services, Third Party Materials or web sites, or for any other materials, products, or services of third parties. Third Party Materials and links to other web sites are provided solely as a convenience to you.
(d) Financial information displayed by any Services is for general informational purposes only and should not be relied upon as investment advice. Before executing any securities transaction based upon information obtained through the Services, you should consult with a financial or securities professional who is legally qualified to give financial or securities advice in your country or region. Location data provided by any Services is for basic navigational purposes only and is not intended to be relied upon in situations where precise location information is needed or where erroneous, inaccurate, time-delayed or incomplete location data may lead to death, personal injury, property or environmental damage. Neither Apple nor any of its content providers guarantees the availability, accuracy, completeness, reliability, or timeliness of stock information, location data or any other data displayed by any Services.
(e) You agree that the Services contain proprietary content, information and material that is owned by Apple and/or its licensors, and is protected by applicable intellectual property and other laws, including but not limited to copyright, and that you will not use such proprietary content, information or materials in any way whatsoever except for permitted use of the Services or in any manner that is inconsistent with the terms of this License or that infringes any intellectual property rights of a third party or Apple. No portion of the Services may be reproduced in any form or by any means. You agree not to modify, rent, lease, loan, sell, distribute, or create derivative works based on the Services, in any manner, and you shall not exploit the Services in any unauthorized way whatsoever, including but not limited to, using the Services to transmit any computer viruses, worms, trojan horses or other malware, or by trespass or burdening network capacity. You further agree not to use the Services in any manner to harass, abuse, stalk, threaten, defame or otherwise infringe or violate the rights of any other party, and that Apple is not in any way responsible for any such use by you, nor for any harassing, threatening, defamatory, offensive, infringing or illegal messages or transmissions that you may receive as a result of using any of the Services.
(f) In addition, Services and Third Party Materials that may be accessed from, displayed on or linked to from the iPhone are not available in all languages or in all countries or regions. Apple makes no representation that such Services and Materials are appropriate or available for use in any particular location. To the extent you choose to use or access such Services and Materials, you do so at your own initiative and are responsible for compliance with any applicable laws, including but not limited to applicable local laws. Apple and its licensors reserve the right to change, suspend, remove, or disable access to any Services at any time without notice. In no event will Apple be liable for the removal of or disabling of access to any such Services. Apple may also impose limits on the use of or access to certain Services, in any case and without notice or liability. 6. Termination. This License is effective until terminated. Your rights under this License will terminate automatically or otherwise cease to be effective without notice from Apple if you fail to comply with any term(s) of this License. Upon the termination of this License, you shall cease all use of the iPhone Software. Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12 and 13 of this License shall survive any such termination. 7. Disclaimer of Warranties. 7.1 If you are a customer who is a consumer (someone who uses the iPhone Software outside of your trade, business or profession), you may have legal rights in your country of residence which would prohibit the following limitations from applying to you, and where prohibited they will not apply to you. To find out more about rights, you should contact a local consumer advice organization. 7.2 YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, USE OF THE iPHONE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU. 7.3 TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE iPHONE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES PERFORMED BY THE iPHONE SOFTWARE ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE, WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND APPLE AND APPLES LICENSORS (COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO AS APPLE FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 7 AND 8) HEREBY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE iPHONE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. 7.4 APPLE DOES NOT WARRANT AGAINST INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT OF THE iPHONE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES, THAT THE FUNCTIONS CONTAINED IN OR SERVICES PERFORMED BY THE iPHONE SOFTWARE WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, THAT THE OPERATION OF THE iPHONE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, THAT ANY SERVICE WILL CONTINUE TO BE MADE AVAILABLE, THAT DEFECTS IN THE iPHONE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL BE CORRECTED, OR THAT THE iPHONE SOFTWARE WILL BE COMPATIBLE OR WORK WITH ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, APPLICATIONS OR THIRD PARTY SERVICES. INSTALLATION OF THIS SOFTWARE MAY AFFECT THE USABILITY OF THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, APPLICATIONS OR THIRD PARTY SERVICES. 7.5 YOU FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE iPHONE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE NOT INTENDED OR SUITABLE FOR USE IN SITUATIONS OR ENVIRONMENTS WHERE THE FAILURE OR TIME DELAYS OF, OR ERRORS OR INACCURACIES IN, THE CONTENT, DATA OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE IPHONE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES COULD LEAD TO DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY, OR SEVERE PHYSICAL OR ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE OPERATION OF NUCLEAR FACILITIES, AIRCRAFT NAVIGATION OR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL, LIFE SUPPORT OR WEAPONS SYSTEMS. 7.6 NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY APPLE OR AN APPLE AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE iPHONE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSION AND LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. 8. Limitation of Liability. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE iPHONE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES OR ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR APPLICATIONS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE iPHONE SOFTWARE, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY (CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF APPLE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THIS LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. In no event shall Apples total liability to you for all damages (other than as may be required by applicable law in cases involving personal injury) exceed the amount of two hundred and fifty dollars (U.S.$250.00). The foregoing limitations will apply even if the above stated remedy fails of its essential purpose. 9. Digital Certificates. The iPhone Software contains functionality that allows it to accept digital certificates either issued from Apple or from third parties. YOU ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR DECIDING WHETHER OR NOT TO RELY ON A CERTIFICATE WHETHER ISSUED BY APPLE OR A THIRD PARTY. YOUR USE OF DIGITAL CERTIFICATES IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, APPLE MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, SECURITY, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO DIGITAL CERTIFICATES. 10. Export Control. You may not use or otherwise export or re-export the iPhone Software except as authorized by United States law and the laws of the jurisdiction(s) in which the iPhone Software was obtained. In particular, but without limitation, the iPhone Software may not be exported or re-exported (a) into any U.S. embargoed countries or (b) to anyone on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of Specially Designated Nationals or the U.S. Department of Commerce Denied Persons List or Entity List. By using the iPhone Software, you represent and warrant that you are not located in any such country or on any such list. You also agree that you will not use the iPhone Software for any purposes prohibited by United States law, including, without limitation, the development, design, manufacture or production of missiles, nuclear, chemical or biological weapons. 11. Government End Users. The iPhone Software and related documentation are Commercial Items, as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. 2.101, consisting of Commercial Computer Software and Commercial Computer Software Documentation, as such terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212 or 48 C.F.R. 227.7202, as applicable. Consistent with 48 C.F.R. 12.212 or 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, as applicable, the Commercial Computer Software and Commercial Computer Software Documentation are being licensed to U.S. Government end users (a) only as Commercial Items and (b) with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions herein. Unpublished-rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States. 12. Controlling Law and Severability. This License will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding its conflict of law principles. This License shall not be governed by the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, the application of which is expressly excluded. If you are a consumer based in the United Kingdom, this License will be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of your residence. If for any reason a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision, or portion thereof, to be unenforceable, the remainder of this License shall continue in full force and effect. 13. Complete Agreement; Governing Language. This License constitutes the entire agreement between you and Apple relating to the iPhone Software and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous understandings regarding such subject matter. No amendment to or modification of this License will be binding unless in writing and signed by Apple. Any translation of this License is done for local requirements and in the event of a dispute between the English and any non-English versions, the English version of this License shall govern, to the extent not prohibited by local law in your jurisdiction. 14. Third Party Acknowledgements. Portions of the iPhone Software may utilize or include third party software and other copyrighted material. Acknowledgements, licensing terms and disclaimers for such material are contained in the electronic documentation for the iPhone Software, and your use of such material is governed by their respective terms. Use of the Google Safe Browsing Service is subject to the Google Terms of Service (http://www.google.com/terms_of_service.html) and to Googles Privacy Policy (http://www.google.com/privacypolicy.html). 15. Use of MPEG-4; H.264/AVC Notice.
(a) The iPhone Software contains MPEG-4 video encoding and/or decoding functionality. The iPhone Software is licensed under the MPEG-4 Visual Patent Portfolio License for the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer for (i) encoding video in compliance with the MPEG-4 Visual Standard (MPEG-4 Video) and/or (ii) decoding MPEG-4 video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a video provider licensed by MPEG LA to provide MPEG-4 video. No license is granted or shall be implied for any other use. Additional information including that relating to promotional, internal and commercial uses and licensing may be obtained from MPEG LA, LLC. See http://www.mpegla.com.
(b) The iPhone Software contains AVC encoding and/or decoding functionality, commercial use of H.264/AVC requires additional licensing and the following provision applies: THE AVC FUNCTIONALITY IN THE iPHONE SOFTWARE IS LICENSED HEREIN ONLY FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD (AVC VIDEO) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR AVC VIDEO THAT WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. INFORMATION REGARDING OTHER USES AND LICENSES MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA L.L.C. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. 16. Yahoo Search Service Restrictions. The Yahoo Search Service available through Safari is licensed for use only in the following countries and regions: Argentina, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Barbados, Belgium, Bermuda, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Cayman Islands, Chile, Colombia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Grenada, Guatemala, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Italy, Jamaica, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Malta, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Panama, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Puerto Rico, Romania, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Korea, Spain, St. Lucia, St. Vincent, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Thailand, The Bahamas, Trinidad and Tobago, Turkey, UK, Uruguay, US and Venezuela. 17. Microsoft Exchange Notice. The Microsoft Exchange mail setting in the iPhone Software is licensed only for over-the-air synchronization of information, such as email, contacts, calendar and tasks, between your iPhone and Microsoft Exchange Server or other server software licensed by Microsoft to implement the Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync protocol. EA0610 Update Rev. 4/27/10 NOTICES FROM APPLE If Apple needs to contact you about your product or account, you consent to receive the notices by email. You agree that any such notices that we send you electronically will satisfy any legal communication requirements. GOOGLE MAPS TERMS AND CONDITIONS Thank you for trying out the Google Maps for mobile software application!
This page contains the terms and conditions (the Terms and Conditions) for Google Maps for mobile and the enterprise version of Google Maps for mobile. In order to use this software, including any third party software made available to you in conjunction with this software and/or the related service, (collectively referred to below as Google Maps for mobile) you agree to be bound by these Terms and Conditions, either on behalf of yourself or on behalf of your employer or other entity. If you are agreeing to be bound by these Terms and Conditions on behalf of your employer or other entity, you represent and warrant that you have full legal authority to bind your employer or such entity to these Terms and Conditions. If you dont have the legal authority to bind, please press No when asked whether you agree to these Terms and Conditions, and do not proceed with use of this product. Additional Terms Google Maps for mobile is designed to be used in conjunction with Googles Maps services and other Google services. Accordingly, you agree and acknowledge that your use of Google Maps for mobile is also subject to (a) the specific terms of service for Google Maps (which can be viewed at http://local.google.com/help/terms_local. html) including the content notices applicable thereto (which can be viewed at http://local.google.com/help/legalnotices_local.html), (b) the general Google terms of service (which can be viewed at http://www. google.com/terms_of_service.html) and (c) Googles overall privacy policy
(which can be viewed at http://www.google.com/privacypolicy.html), as well as specific privacy policies, such as the Google Maps for mobile privacy policy included with this application, such provisions being hereby incorporated into these Terms and Conditions by reference. To the extent that there is any inconsistency or conflict between such additional terms and these Terms and Conditions, the provisions of these Terms and Conditions take precedence. Network Charges Google does not charge for downloading or using Google Maps for mobile, but depending on your plan and your carrier or provider, your carrier or other provider may charge you for downloading Google Maps for mobile or for use of your mobile phone when you access information or other Google services through Google Maps for mobile. Non-Commercial Use Only Google Maps for mobile is made available to you for your non-commercial use only. This means that you may use it for your personal use only: you may use it at work or at home, to search for anything you want, subject to the terms set out in these Terms and Conditions. You need to obtain Googles permission first, which you can do by contacting mobile-support@google.com, if you want to sell Google Maps for mobile or any information, services, or software associated with or derived from it, or if you want to modify, copy, license, or create derivative works from Google Maps for mobile. Unless you have our prior written consent, you agree not to modify, adapt, translate, prepare derivative works from, decompile, reverse engineer, disassemble or otherwise attempt to derive source code from Google Maps for mobile. Furthermore, you may not use Google Maps for mobile in any manner that could damage, disable, overburden, or impair Googles services (e.g., you may not use the Google Maps for mobile in an automated manner), nor may you use Google Maps for mobile in any manner that could interfere with any other partys use and enjoyment of Googles services. If you have comments on Google Maps for mobile or ideas on how to improve it, please email mobile-support@google.com. Please note that by doing so, you also grant Google and third parties permission to use and incorporate your ideas or comments into Google Maps for mobile (or third party software) without further notice or compensation. Intellectual Property As between you and Google, you agree and acknowledge that Google owns all rights, title and interest in and to Google Maps for mobile, including without limitation all associated Intellectual Property Rights. Intellectual Property Rights means any and all rights existing from time to time under patent law, copyright law, trade secret law, trademark law, unfair competition law, and any and all other proprietary rights, and any and all applications, renewals, extensions and restorations thereof, now or hereafter in force and effect worldwide. You agree to not remove, obscure, or alter Googles or any third partys copyright notice, trademarks, or other proprietary rights notices affixed to or contained within or accessed in conjunction with or through the Google Maps for mobile. Disclaimer of Warranties Google and any third party who makes its software available in conjunction with or through Google Maps for mobile disclaim any responsibility for any harm resulting from your use of Google Maps for mobile and/or any third party software accessed in conjunction with or through Google Maps for mobile. GOOGLE MAPS FOR MOBILE IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH NO WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER. GOOGLE AND SUCH THIRD PARTIES EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ALL EXPRESS, IMPLIED, AND STATUTORY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. GOOGLE AND ANY SUCH THIRD PARTIES DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES REGARDING THE SECURITY, RELIABILITY, TIMELINESS, AND PERFORMANCE OF GOOGLE MAPS FOR MOBILE AND SUCH THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE. YOU UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT YOU DOWNLOAD AND/OR USE GOOGLE MAPS FOR MOBILE AT YOUR OWN DISCRETION AND RISK AND THAT YOU WILL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGES TO YOUR COMPUTER OR MOBILE DEVICE SYSTEM OR LOSS OF DATA THAT RESULTS FROM THE DOWNLOAD OR USE OF GOOGLE MAPS FOR MOBILE. SOME STATES OR OTHER JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS THAT VARY FROM STATE TO STATE AND JURISDICTION TO JURISDICTION. Limitation of Liability UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL GOOGLE OR ANY THIRD PARTY WHO MAKE THEIR SOFTWARE AVAILABLE IN CONJUNCTION WITH OR THROUGH THE GOOGLE MAPS FOR MOBILE BE LIABLE TO ANY USER ON ACCOUNT OF THAT USERS USE OR MISUSE OF GOOGLE MAPS FOR MOBILE. SUCH LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL APPLY TO PREVENT RECOVERY OF DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, AND PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON WARRANTY, CONTRACT, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), OR OTHERWISE, (EVEN IF GOOGLE AND/
OR A THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE PROVIDER HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES). SUCH LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL APPLY WHETHER THE DAMAGES ARISE FROM USE OR MISUSE OF AND RELIANCE ON GOOGLE MAPS FOR MOBILE OR ON PRODUCTS OR SERVICES MADE AVAILABLE IN CONJUNCTION WITH OR THROUGH GOOGLE MAPS FOR MOBILE, FROM INABILITY TO USE GOOGLE MAPS FOR MOBILE OR PRODUCTS OR SERVICES MADE AVAILABLE IN CONJUNCTION WITH OR THROUGH THE GOOGLE MAPS FOR MOBILE, OR FROM THE INTERRUPTION, SUSPENSION, OR TERMINATION OF GOOGLE MAPS FOR MOBILE OR PRODUCTS OR SERVICES MADE AVAILABLE IN CONJUNCTION WITH OR THROUGH GOOGLE MAPS FOR MOBILE (INCLUDING SUCH DAMAGES INCURRED BY THIRD PARTIES). SUCH LIMITATION SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING A FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY AND TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. SOME STATES OR OTHER JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. Miscellaneous Provisions These Terms and Conditions will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions of California or your actual state or country of residence. If for any reason a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision or portion of these Terms and Conditions to be unenforceable, the remainder of these Terms and Conditions will continue in full force and effect. These Terms and Conditions constitute the entire agreement between you and Google with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede and replace all prior or contemporaneous understandings or agreements, written or oral, regarding such subject matter. Any waiver of any provision of these Terms and Conditions will be effective only if in writing and signed by Google. September 2007 YOUTUBE TERMS AND CONDITIONS http://www.youtube.com/t/terms Apple One (1) Year Limited Warranty For Apple Branded Products Only CONSUMER RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS. FOR CONSUMERS, WHO ARE COVERED BY CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS OR REGULATIONS IN THEIR COUNTRY OF PURCHASE OR, IF DIFFERENT, THEIR COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE, THE BENEFITS CONFERRED BY THIS WARRANTY ARE IN ADDITION TO ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CONVEYED BY SUCH CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS AND REGULATIONS. THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT EXCLUDE, LIMIT OR SUSPEND ANY RIGHTS OF CONSUMERS ARISING OUT OF NONCONFORMITY WITH A SALES CONTRACT. HOWEVER, AS DESCRIBED BELOW, APPLE DISCLAIMS STATUTORY AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, AND IN SO FAR AS SUCH WARRANTIES CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED, ALL SUCH WARRANTIES SHALL TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY DESCRIBED BELOW AND TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT SERVICE AS DETERMINED BY APPLE IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. SOME STATES
(COUNTRIES AND PROVINCES) DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION MAY LAST, SO THE LIMITATIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS THAT VARY FROM STATE TO STATE (OR BY COUNTRY OR PROVINCE). THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE COUNTRY IN WHICH THE PRODUCT PURCHASE TOOK PLACE. APPLE, THE WARRANTOR UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY, IS IDENTIFIED AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT ACCORDING TO THE COUNTRY OR REGION IN WHICH THE PRODUCT PURCHASE TOOK PLACE. WARRANTY. Apples warranty obligations for this hardware product are limited to the terms set forth herein. Apple, as defined in the table below, warrants this Apple-branded hardware product against defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of ONE (1) YEAR from the date of retail purchase by the original end-user purchaser
(Warranty Period). If a hardware defect arises and a valid claim is received within the Warranty Period, at its option and to the extent permitted by law, Apple will either (1) repair the hardware defect at no charge, using new parts or refurbished parts that are equivalent to new in performance and reliability, (2) exchange the product with a product that is new or refurbished that is equivalent to new in performance and reliability and is at least functionally equivalent to the original product, or
(3) refund the purchase price of the product. Apple may request that you replace defective parts with user-installable new or refurbished parts that Apple provides in fulfillment of its warranty obligation. A replacement product or part, including a user-installable part that has been installed in accordance with instructions provided by Apple, assumes the remaining warranty of the original product or ninety (90) days from the date of replacement or repair, whichever provides longer coverage for you. When a product or part is exchanged, any replacement item becomes your property and the replaced item becomes Apples property. Parts provided by Apple in fulfillment of its warranty obligation must be used in products for which warranty service is claimed. When a refund is given, the product for which the refund is provided must be returned to Apple and becomes Apples property. EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THIS WARRANTY AND THE REMEDIES SET FORTH ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, REMEDIES AND CONDITIONS, WHETHER ORAL, WRITTEN, STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. AS PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, APPLE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL STATUTORY OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND WARRANTIES AGAINST HIDDEN OR LATENT DEFECTS. IF APPLE CANNOT LAWFULLY DISCLAIM STATUTORY OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES THEN TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ALL SUCH WARRANTIES SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY AND TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT SERVICE AS DETERMINED BY APPLE IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. SOME STATES (COUNTRIES AND PROVINCES) DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION MAY LAST, SO THE LIMITATIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. No Apple reseller, agent, or employee is authorized to make any modification, extension, or addition to this warranty. If any term is held to be illegal or unenforceable, the legality or enforceability of the remaining terms shall not be affected or impaired. This Limited Warranty applies only to the hardware product manufactured by or for Apple that can be identified by the Apple trademark, trade name, or logo affixed to it. The Limited Warranty does not apply to any non-Apple hardware product or any software, even if packaged or sold with the Apple hardware. Manufacturers, suppliers, or publishers, other than Apple, may provide their own warranties to the end user purchaser, but Apple, in so far as permitted by law, provides their products as is. Software distributed by Apple with or without the Apple brand name
(including, but not limited to system software) is not covered under this Limited Warranty. Refer to the licensing agreement accompanying the software for details of your rights with respect to its use. Apple does not warrant that the operation of the product will be uninterrupted or error-free. Apple is not responsible for damage arising from failure to follow instructions relating to the products use. This warranty does not apply: (a) to consumable parts, such as batteries, or protective coatings designed to diminish over time unless failure has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship;
(b) to cosmetic damage, including but not limited to scratches, dents, and broken plastic on ports; (c) to damage caused by use with non-Apple products; (d) to damage caused by accident, abuse, misuse, liquid contact, fire, earthquake or other external causes; (e) to damage caused by operating the product outside the permitted or intended uses described by Apple; (f) to damage caused by service
(including upgrades and expansions) performed by anyone who is not a representative of Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider
(AASP); (g) to a product or part that has been modified to alter functionality or capability without the written permission of Apple;
(h) to defects caused by normal wear and tear or otherwise due to the normal aging of the product; or (i) if any Apple serial number has been removed or defaced. Important: Do not open the hardware product. Opening the hardware product may cause damage that is not covered by this warranty. Only Apple or an AASP should perform service on this hardware product. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS WARRANTY AND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, APPLE IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONDITION, OR UNDER ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF USE; LOSS OF REVENUE; LOSS OF ACTUAL OR ANTICIPATED PROFITS (INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS ON CONTRACTS); LOSS OF THE USE OF MONEY; LOSS OF ANTICIPATED SAVINGS; LOSS OF BUSINESS; LOSS OF OPPORTUNITY;
LOSS OF GOODWILL; LOSS OF REPUTATION; LOSS OF, DAMAGE TO, COMPROMISE OR CORRUPTION OF DATA; OR ANY INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS OR DAMAGE HOWSOEVER CAUSED INCLUDING THE REPLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT AND PROPERTY, ANY COSTS OF RECOVERING, PROGRAMMING OR REPRODUCING ANY PROGRAM OR DATA STORED IN OR USED WITH THE APPLE PRODUCT AND ANY FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE CONFIDENTIALITY OF DATA STORED ON THE PRODUCT. THE FOREGOING LIMITATION SHALL NOT APPLY TO DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY CLAIMS, OR ANY STATUTORY LIABILITY FOR INTENTIONAL AND GROSS NEGLIGENT ACTS AND/OR OMISSIONS. APPLE DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION THAT IT WILL BE ABLE TO REPAIR ANY PRODUCT UNDER THIS WARRANTY OR MAKE A PRODUCT EXCHANGE WITHOUT RISK TO OR LOSS OF PROGRAMS OR DATA. SOME STATES (COUNTRIES AND PROVINCES) DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. OBTAINING WARRANTY SERVICE. Please access and review the online help resources described below before seeking warranty service. If the product is still not functioning properly after making use of these resources, please contact the Apple representatives or, if applicable, an Apple owned retail store (Apple Retail) or an AASP using the information provided below. When contacting Apple via telephone, other charges may apply depending on your location. When calling, an Apple representative or AASP will help determine whether your product requires service and, if it does, will inform you how Apple will provide it. You must assist in diagnosing issues with your product and follow Apples warranty processes. Apple may restrict service to the country where Apple or its Authorized Distributors originally sold the hardware product. Apple will provide warranty service either (i) at an Apple Retail or AASP location, where service is performed at the location, or the Apple Retail or AASP may send the product to an Apple repair service location for service, (ii) by sending you prepaid way bills (and if you no longer have the original packaging, Apple may send you packaging material) to enable you to ship the product to Apples repair service location for service, or (iii) by sending you user-installable new or refurbished replacement product or parts to enable you to service or exchange your own product (DIY Service). Upon receipt of the replacement product or part, the original product or part becomes the property of Apple and you agree to follow instructions, including, if required, arranging the return of original product or part to Apple in a timely manner. When providing DIY Service requiring the return of the original product or part, Apple may require a credit card authorization as security for the retail price of the replacement product or part and applicable shipping costs. If you follow instructions, Apple will cancel the credit card authorization, so you will not be charged for the product or part and shipping costs. If you fail to return the replaced product or part as instructed or the replaced product or part is not eligible for warranty service, Apple will charge the credit card for the authorized amount. Service options, parts availability and response times may vary according to the country in which service is requested. Service options are subject to change at any time. You may be responsible for shipping and handling charges if the product cannot be serviced in the country in which service is requested. If you seek service in a country that is not the country of original purchase, you will comply with all applicable import and export laws and regulations and be responsible for all custom duties, V.A.T. and other associated taxes and charges. Where international service is available, Apple may repair or exchange defective products and parts with comparable products and parts that comply with local standards. In accordance with applicable law, Apple may require that you furnish proof of purchase details and/or comply with registration requirements before receiving warranty service. Online information with more details on obtaining warranty service is provided below. PRIVACY. Apple will maintain and use customer information in accordance with the Apple Customer Privacy Policy available at www.apple.com/legal/warranty/privacy. DATA BACKUP. If your product is capable of storing software programs, data and other information, you should protect its contents against possible operational failures. Before you deliver your product for warranty service it is your responsibility to keep a separate backup copy of the contents, remove all personal information and data that you want to protect and disable any security passwords. THE CONTENTS OF YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE DELETED AND THE STORAGE MEDIA REFORMATTED IN THE COURSE OF WARRANTY SERVICE. Your product or a replacement product will be returned to you as your product was configured when originally purchased, subject to applicable updates. Apple may install system software updates as part of warranty service that will prevent the hardware from reverting to an earlier version of the system software. Third party applications installed on the hardware may not be compatible or work with the hardware as a result of the system software update. You will be responsible for reinstalling all other software programs, data and passwords. Recovery and reinstallation of software programs and user data are not covered under this Limited Warranty. ONLINE INFORMATION. More information on the following is available online:
International Support Information www.apple.com/support/country Authorized Distributors www.apple.com/iphone/countries Apple Authorized Service Providers support.apple.com/kb/HT1937 Apple Retail Store www.apple.com/retail/storelist Apple Support and Service www.apple.com/support/contact/phone_contacts.html Apple Complimentary Support www.apple.com/support/country/index.html?dest=complimentary Warranty Obligor for Region or Country of Purchase Region/Country of Purchase Apple Americas Brazil Canada Mexico United States and Other Americas Countries Europe, Middle East and Africa All countries Apple Computer Brasil Ltda Av. Cidade Jardim 400, 2 Andar, Sao Paulo, SP Brasil 01454-901 Apple Canada Inc. 7495 Birchmount Rd.; Markham, Ontario, Canada; L3R 5G2 Canada Apple Operations Mexico, S.A. de C.V. Av. Paseo de la Reforma 505, Piso 33, Colonia Cuauhtemoc, Mexico DF 06500 Apple Inc. 1 Infinite Loop; Cupertino, CA 95014, U.S.A. Apple Sales International Hollyhill Industrial Estate Hollyhill, Cork, Republic of Ireland Region/Country of Purchase Apple Asia Pacific Australia; New Zealand; Fiji, Papua New Guinea; Vanuatu Hong Kong India Japan Korea Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, Brunei, Cambodia, Guam, Indonesia, Laos, Singapore, Malaysia, Nepal, Pakistan, Philippines, Sri Lanka, Vietnam Peoples Republic of China Thailand Taiwan Other Asian Pacific Countries Apple Pty. Limited. PO Box A2629, Sydney South, NSW 1235, Australia Apple Asia Limited 2401 Tower One, Times Square, Causeway Bay, Hong Kong Apple India Private Ltd. 19th Floor, Concorde Tower C, UB City No 24, Vittal Mallya Road, Bangalore 560-001, India Apple Japan Inc. 3-20-2 Nishishinjuku, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo, Japan Apple Computer Korea Ltd. 3201, ASEM Tower; 159, Samsung-dong, Gangnam-Gu; Seoul 135-798, Republic of Korea Apple South Asia Pte. Ltd. 7 Ang Mo Kio Street 64 Singapore 569086 Apple Computer Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. B Area, 2/F, No. 6 Warehouse Building, No. 500 Bing Ke Road, Wai Gao Qiao Free Trade Zone, Shanghai, P.R.C. Apple South Asia (Thailand) Limited 25th Floor, Suite B2, Siam Tower, 989 Rama 1 Road, Pataumwan, Bangkok, 10330 Apple Asia LLC 16A, No. 333 Tun Hwa S. Road. Sec. 2, Taipei, Taiwan 106 Apple Inc. 1 Infinite Loop; Cupertino, CA 95014, U.S.A. iPhone US Warranty v2.0 2010 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Apple, the Apple logo, iPhone, and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. The Works with iPhone logo is a trademark of Apple Inc. iTunes Store is a service mark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Apple Inc. is under license. 034-5307-A Printed in XXXX
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Final version of user manual | Users Manual | 3.74 MiB | / September 03 2011 |
iPhone User Guide For iOS 4.2 and 4.3 Software Contents 9 9 9 11 14 17 Chapter 1: iPhone at a Glance About This Guide iPhone Overview Buttons iPhone Apps Status Icons 19 Chapter 2: Getting Started Viewing the User Guide on iPhone 19 19 What You Need 20 21 21 22 Disconnecting iPhone from Your Computer 22 25 Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts Installing the SIM Card Activating iPhone Setting Up iPhone Connecting to the Internet Customizing the Home Screen Typing Printing Searching Voice Control 29 Chapter 3: Basics 29 Using Apps 33 37 41 43 44 46 Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic 47 48 50 51 51 Bluetooth Devices Battery Security Features Cleaning iPhone Restarting or Resetting iPhone 52 Chapter 4: Syncing and File Sharing 52 About Syncing 52 Syncing Accounts 2 Syncing with iTunes iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes 53 54 57 Automatic iTunes Syncing 58 Manually Managing Content 58 59 Transferring Purchased Content to Another Computer File Sharing 60 Chapter 5: Phone 60 68 70 70 70 72 73 Phone Calls Visual Voicemail Contacts Favorites Call Forwarding, Call Waiting, and Caller ID Ringtones and the Ring/Silent Switch International Calls Setting Up Email Accounts Checking and Reading Email 75 Chapter 6: Mail 75 76 78 Using Links and Detected Data 79 80 81 82 Organizing Email Searching Email 84 Viewing Attachments Printing Messages and Attachments Sending Email 85 Chapter 7: Safari Viewing Webpages 85 Searching 88 Printing Webpages, PDFs, and Other Documents 89 Viewing Web Videos on a TV 89 Bookmarks 89 90 Web Clips 91 Chapter 8: iPod 91 Getting Music, Videos, and More 91 Music and Other Audio 100 Videos 104 Home Sharing 104 Setting a Sleep Timer 105 Changing the Browse Buttons Contents 3 106 Chapter 9: Messages 106 Sending and Receiving Messages 108 Searching Messages 108 Sharing Photos and Videos 109 Sending Voice Memos 109 Editing Conversations 110 Using Contact Information and Links 110 Managing Previews and Alerts 111 Chapter 10: Calendar 111 About Calendar 111 Syncing Calendars 112 Viewing Your Calendars 113 Searching Calendars 113 Adding and Updating Events on iPhone 114 Responding to Meeting Invitations 116 Subscribing to Calendars 116 116 Alerts Importing Calendar Files from Mail 117 Chapter 11: Photos 117 About Photos 117 Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer 118 Viewing Photos and Videos 120 Deleting Photos and Videos 120 Slideshows 121 Viewing Photos, Slideshows, and Videos on a TV 121 Sharing Photos and Videos 124 Printing Photos 124 Assigning a Photo to a Contact 124 Wallpaper 125 Chapter 12: Camera 125 About Camera 126 Taking Photos and Recording Videos 127 Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos 128 Trimming Videos 128 Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer 129 Chapter 13: YouTube 129 Finding and Viewing Videos 130 Controlling Video Playback 131 Watching YouTube Videos on a TV 4 Contents 131 Managing Videos 132 Getting More Information 133 Using YouTube Account Features 134 Changing the Browse Buttons 134 Sending Videos to YouTube 135 Chapter 14: Stocks 135 Viewing Stock Quotes 136 Getting More Information 137 Chapter 15: Maps 138 Finding and Viewing Locations 142 Getting Directions 144 s 144 Finding and Contacting Businesses 145 Sharing Location Information 145 Bookmarking Locations 146 Chapter 16: Weather 146 Viewing Weather Summaries 147 Getting More Weather Information 148 Chapter 17: Notes 148 About Notes 148 Syncing Notes 149 Writing and Reading Notes 150 Searching Notes 150 Emailing Notes 151 Chapter 18: Clock 151 World Clocks 152 Alarms 153 Stopwatch 153 Timer 154 Chapter 19: Calculator 154 Using the Calculator 154 Standard Memory Functions 155 s 157 Chapter 20: Compass 157 Getting Compass Readings 158 Compass and Maps Contents 5 160 Chapter 21: Voice Memos 160 Recording Voice Memos 161 Listening to Voice Memos 162 Managing Voice Memos 163 Trimming Voice Memos 163 Sharing Voice Memos 164 Syncing Voice Memos 165 Chapter 22: iTunes Store 165 About the iTunes Store 166 Finding Music, Videos, and More 167 Following Artists and Friends 169 Purchasing Ringtones 170 Purchasing Music or Audiobooks 170 Purchasing or Renting Videos 172 Streaming or Downloading Podcasts 172 Checking Download Status 173 Syncing Purchased Content 173 Changing the Browse Buttons 174 Viewing Account Information 174 Verifying Downloads Info Screen 175 Chapter 23: App Store 175 About the App Store 176 Browsing and Searching 177 178 Downloading Apps 179 Deleting Apps 179 Writing Reviews 180 Updating Apps 180 Syncing Purchased Apps 181 Chapter 24: Game Center 181 About Game Center 181 Setting Up Game Center 182 Games 185 Friends 186 Your Status and Account Information 187 Chapter 25: Settings 187 Airplane Mode 189 Wi-Fi 189 VPN 6 Contents 190 Personal Hotspot 190 s 190 Carrier 191 Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch 191 Brightness 192 Wallpaper 192 General 202 Mail, Contacts, Calendars 206 Phone 208 Safari 209 Messages 210 211 Photos 211 Notes 212 Store 212 Nike + iPod iPod 213 Chapter 26: Contacts 213 About Contacts 213 Adding Contacts 214 Searching Contacts 215 Managing Contacts on iPhone 216 Using Contact Information 217 s 219 Chapter 27: Nike + iPod 219 Activating Nike + iPod 220 Linking a Sensor 220 Working Out with Nike + iPod 221 Sending Workouts to Nikeplus.com 222 Calibrating Nike + iPod 222 Nike + iPod Settings 223 Chapter 28: iBooks 223 About iBooks 224 Syncing Books and PDFs 224 Using the iBookstore 225 Reading Books 226 Reading PDFs 226 Changing a Books Appearance 227 Searching Books and PDFs 227 d 227 Having a Book Read to You Contents 7 227 Printing or Emailing a PDF 228 Organizing the Bookshelf 228 Bookmark and Note Syncing 229 Chapter 29: Accessibility 229 Universal Access Features 230 VoiceOver 243 Zoom 243 Large Text 244 White on Black 244 Mono Audio 244 Speak Auto-text 245 Triple-Click Home 245 Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features 247 Hearing Aid Compatibility 248 Appendix A: International Keyboards 248 s 249 s 249 Chinese 251 Japanese 252 n 252 Vietnamese 253 Creating Dictionaries 254 Appendix B: Support and Other Information 254 Apple iPhone Support Site 254 Restarting and Resetting iPhone 255 Backing Up iPhone 256 Updating and Restoring iPhone Software 258 Safety, Software, and Service Information 259 Using iPhone in an Enterprise Environment 259 Using iPhone with Other Carriers 260 Disposal and Recycling Information 261 Apple and the Environment 261 iPhone Operating Temperature 262 Index 8 Contents iPhone at a Glance 1 About This Guide This guide describes the features of:
x on an iPhone 4 CDMA model iOS 4.2. iOS 4.3 on an iPhone 3GS model or iPhone 4 GSM model iPhone Overview iPhone 4
9 iPhone 3GS
and whether youve rearranged its icons. Accessories The following accessories are included with iPhone:
Note: The SIM eject tool is not included in all countries or regions. 10 Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance Item Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic Dock Connector to USB Cable USB power adapter What you can do with it Listen to music, videos, and phone calls. Use the built-in microphone to talk. Press the center button to answer or end a call. When listening to iPod, press the button to play or pause a song, or press twice quickly to skip to the next track. Use the + and buttons to adjust the volume. Press and hold the center button to use Voice Control. Use this cable to connect iPhone to your computer to sync and charge. The cable can be used with the optional dock or plugged directly into iPhone. Connect the power adapter to iPhone using the included cable, then plug it into a standard power outlet to charge iPhone. SIM eject tool (not included in all countries or regions) Eject the SIM card tray. Buttons
switch between ring and silent modes.
the battery. When iPhone is locked, nothing happens if you touch the screen. iPhone can still receive calls, text messages, and other updates. You can also:
listen to music adjust the volume using the buttons on the side of iPhone (or on the iPhone earphones) while youre on a phone call or listening to music use the center button on iPhone earphones to answer or end a call, or to control audio playback (see Controlling Audio Playback on page 92)
By default, iPhone locks if you dont touch the screen for a minute.
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance 11 Lock iPhone Unlock iPhone
Turn iPhone on
Press the Home Sleep/Wake button, then drag the slider.
a few seconds until the red slider appears, then
go straight to voicemail.
until the Apple logo appears. For information about changing how long before iPhone locks, see Auto-Lock on page 195. For information about setting iPhone to require a passcode to unlock it, see Passcode Lock on page 195. Home Button Press the Home button at any time to go to the Home screen, which contains your iPhone apps. Tap any app icon to get started. To see apps youve recently used, double-
click the Home button. See Opening and Switching Apps on page 29. Volume Buttons When youre on the phone or listening to songs, movies, or other media, the buttons on the side of iPhone adjust the audio volume. Otherwise, the buttons control the
WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone. To adjust the volume, use the buttons on the side of iPhone.
To set a volume limit for music and videos on iPhone, see Music on page 210. 12 Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance Ring/Silent Switch Flip the Ring/Silent switch to put iPhone in ring mode or silent mode.
In ring mode, iPhone plays all sounds. In silent mode, iPhone doesnt ring or play alerts
Important: Clock alarms, audio apps such as iPod, and many games still play sounds through the built-in speaker when iPhone is in silent mode. By default, when you get a call, iPhone vibrates whether its in ring mode or silent
Sleep/Wake button or one of the volume buttons. Press a second time to send the call to voicemail. For information about changing sound and vibrate settings, see Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch on page 191. Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance 13 iPhone Apps The apps in the following table are included with iPhone. Note: App functionality and availability may vary, depending on the country or region where you purchase and use iPhone. Phone Mail Safari iPod Messages Calendar Photos Make calls, with quick access to recent callers, favorites, and all your contacts. Dial manually using the numeric keypad. Or just use voice dialing. Visual voicemail presents a list of your voicemail messagesjust tap to listen to any message, in any order. Make FaceTime video calls (iPhone 4). See Chapter 5, Phone, on page 60. iPhone works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular email systemsincluding Yahoo!, Google, and AOLas well as most industry-standard POP3 and IMAP email systems. View and print PDFs and other attachments. Save attached photos and graphics to your Camera Roll album. See Chapter 6, Mail, on page 75. Browse websites over a cellular data network or over Wi-Fi. Rotate iPhone sideways
webpage column to the iPhone screen for easy reading. Open multiple pages. Sync bookmarks with Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on your computer. Add Safari web clips to the Home screen for fast access to favorite websites. Save images from websites to your Photo Library. Print webpages, PDFs, and other documents that open in Quick Look. See Chapter 7, Safari, on page 85. Listen to your songs, audiobooks, and podcasts. Create playlists, or use Genius to create playlists for you. Listen to Genius Mixes of songs from your library. Watch movies and video podcasts in widescreen. Use AirPlay to stream your music or videos wirelessly to an Apple TV or compatible audio system. See Chapter 8, iPod, on page 91. Send and receive SMS text messages. View a list of your previous conversations, and tap a conversation to see the messages you sent and received. Send photos, video clips, contact information, and voice memos to MMS devices. See Chapter 9, Messages, on page 106. View and search your MobileMe, iCal, Microsoft Entourage, Microsoft Outlook, or Microsoft Exchange calendars. Enter events on iPhone and they sync back to the calendar on your computer. Subscribe to calendars. See the birthdays youve entered in Contacts. Set alerts to remind you of events, appointments, and deadlines. See Chapter 10, Calendar, on page 111. View photos and videos you take with iPhone, save them from incoming messages, or sync them from your computer. View videos in portrait or landscape orientation. Zoom in on photos for a closer look. Print them, or watch a slideshow. Email photos and videos, send them in MMS messages, or publish them to a MobileMe gallery. Assign photos to contacts, or use them as wallpaper. View photos by place, and if you sync with iPhoto 8.0 (part of iLife 09) or later, view photos by events and faces. See Chapter 11, Photos, on page 117. 14 Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance Take photos and record videos. View them on iPhone, email them, text them, or upload them to your computer. Tap to focus on an object or area. Trim and save video clips. Upload videos straight to YouTube. Take a friends picture and set iPhone to display it when that person calls you. See Chapter 12, Camera, on page 125. Play videos from YouTubes online collection. Search for any video, or browse featured, most viewed, most recently updated, and top-rated videos. Set up and log in to your YouTube accountthen rate videos, sync your favorites, view subscriptions, and more. Use AirPlay to stream YouTube videos to an Apple TV. Upload your own videos taken with iPhone. See Chapter 13, YouTube, on page 129. Watch your favorite stocks, updated automatically from the Internet. View company news and current trading information, such as opening or average price, trading volume, or market capitalization. Rotate iPhone to see detailed charts in landscape
to see a range between points. See Chapter 14, Stocks, on page 135. See street maps, satellite views, and hybrid views of locations around the world. Zoom in for a closer look, or check out Google Street View. Find and track your current (approximate) location. See which way youre facing using the built-in compass. Get detailed driving, public transit, or walking directions, and see current
Chapter 15, Maps, on page 137. Get current weather conditions and a six-day forecast. Add your favorite cities for a quick weather report anytime. See Chapter 16, Weather, on page 146. Jot notes on the goreminders, grocery lists, brilliant ideas. Send them in email. Sync notes to Mail on your Mac, or to Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express on your PC. Sync notes over the air with your MobileMe, Google, Yahoo!, or IMAP accounts. See Chapter 17, Notes, on page 148. In the Utilities folder. View the time in cities around the worldcreate clocks for your favorites. Set one or more alarms. Use the stopwatch, or set a countdown timer. See Chapter 18, Clock, on page 151. In the Utilities folder. Add, subtract, multiply, and divide. Rotate iPhone sideways to use
19, Calculator, on page 154. In the Utilities folder. Use the built-in digital compass to determine your heading. Get your current coordinates. Choose between true north and magnetic north. See Chapter 20, Compass, on page 157. Camera YouTube Stocks Maps Weather Notes Clock Calculator Compass Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance 15 Voice Memos iTunes In the Utilities folder. Record voice memos with iPhone. Play them back on iPhone, or sync them with iTunes to listen on your computer. Attach voice memos to email or MMS messages. See Chapter 21, Voice Memos, on page 160. Search the iTunes Store for music, movies, TV shows, audiobooks, and more. Browse, preview, and download new releases, get Genius recommendations, or see whats on the top charts. Rent movies and TV shows to watch on iPhone. Stream and download
listening to and talking about. See Chapter 22, iTunes Store, on page 165. Search the App Store for iPhone apps you can purchase or download using your Wi-Fi or cellular data network connection. Read reviews or write your own reviews for your favorite apps. Download and install the app on your Home screen. See Chapter 23, App Store, on page 175. App Store Game Center Settings Discover new games and share your game experiences with friends around the world. Invite a friend, or request a match with other worthy opponents. Check player rankings on the leaderboards. Earn achievements for extras points. See Chapter 24, Game Center, on page 181. Set up accounts and adjust all iPhone settings in one convenient place. Set your own volume limit for listening comfort. Set your ringtone, wallpaper, screen brightness, and settings for network, phone, mail, web, music, video, photos, and more. Use Location Services settings to set location privacy options for Maps, Camera, Compass, and applicable third-party apps. Set auto-lock and a passcode for security. Restrict access to explicit iTunes content and certain apps. Reset iPhone. See Chapter 25, Settings, on page 187. Get contact information synced from MobileMe, Mac OS X Address Book, Yahoo!
Address Book, Google Contacts, Windows Address Book (Outlook Express), Microsoft Outlook, or Microsoft Exchange. Search, add, change, or delete contacts, which get synced back to your computer. See Chapter 26, Contacts, on page 213. Contacts Nike + iPod (which appears when you activate it in Settings) turns iPhone into a workout companion. Track your pace, time, and distance from one workout to the next, and choose a song to power through your routine. Requires select Nike shoes and a Nike + iPod Sensor, sold separately.) See Chapter 27, Nike + iPod, on page 219. Nike + iPod Download the free iBooks app from the App Store for a great way to buy and read books. Get everything from classics to best sellers from the built-in iBookstore. Add ePub books and PDFs to your bookshelf using iTunes. Print PDFs. See Chapter 28, iBooks, on page 223. iBooks 16 Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance Status Icons The icons in the status bar at the top of the screen give information about iPhone:
Status icon Cell signal*
Airplane mode UMTS/EV-DO EDGE GPRS/1xRTT Wi-Fi*
Personal Hotspot Network activity What it means Shows whether youre in range of the cellular network and can make and receive calls. The more bars, the stronger the signal. If theres no signal, the bars are replaced with No service. Shows that airplane mode is onyou cannot use the phone, access the Internet, or use Bluetooth devices. Non-wireless features are available. See Airplane Mode on page 187. Shows that your carriers 3G UMTS (GSM) or EV-DO
(CDMA) network is available, and iPhone can connect to the Internet over that network. See How iPhone Connects to the Internet on page 22. Shows that your carriers EDGE network is available (GSM models), and iPhone can connect to the Internet over that network. See How iPhone Connects to the Internet on page 22. Shows that your carriers GPRS (GSM) or 1xRTT (CDMA) network is available, and iPhone can connect to the Internet over that network. See How iPhone Connects to the Internet on page 22. Shows that iPhone is connected to the Internet over a Wi-Fi network. The more bars, the stronger the connection. See Joining a Wi-Fi Network on page 23. Shows that iPhone is connected to another iPhone providing a Personal Hotspot (GSM models). See Personal Hotspot on page 24. Shows over-the-air syncing or other network activity. Some third-party apps may also use the icon to show an active process. Call Forwarding Shows that Call Forwarding is set up on iPhone (GSM models). See Call Forwarding on page 206. VPN Lock Shows that youre connected to a network using VPN. See Network on page 193. Shows that iPhone is locked. See Button on page 11. Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance 17 Status icon TTY Play Portrait orientation lock What it means Shows that iPhone is set to work with a TTY machine. See Using iPhone with a Teletype (TTY) Machine on page 206. Shows that a song, audiobook, or podcast is playing. See Playing Songs and Other Audio on page 92. Shows that the iPhone screen is locked in portrait orientation. See Viewing in Portrait or Landscape Orientation on page 32. Alarm Shows that an alarm is set. See Alarms on page 152. Location services Bluetooth*
Battery Shows that an app is using location services. See Location Services on page 194. Blue or white icon: Bluetooth is on and a device, such as a headset or car kit, is connected. Gray icon: Bluetooth is on, but no device is connected. No icon: Bluetooth is turned
Bluetooth Devices on page 47. Shows battery level or charging status. See Battery on page 48.
18 Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance Getting Started 2
WARNING: To avoid injury, read all operating instructions in this guide and safety information in the iPhone Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone before using iPhone. Viewing the User Guide on iPhone The iPhone User Guide can be viewed on iPhone by tapping the iPhone User Guide bookmark in Safari, or by installing the free iBooks app and downloading the user guide from the iBookstore. View the user guide in Safari: Tap
, then tap the iPhone User Guide bookmark. To add an icon for the user guide to the Home screen, tap
, then tap Add to Home
bottom of the screen on the main contents page. View the user guide in iBooks:
1 If you havent installed iBooks, open App Store, search for iBooks and tap it in the results list. Tap Free, then tap Install. 2 Open iBooks and tap Store. 3 Search for iPhone User and tap the user guide in the results list. 4 Tap Free, then tap Get Book. For more information about iBooks, see Chapter 28, iBooks, on page 223. What You Need To use iPhone, you need:
A wireless service plan with a carrier that provides iPhone service in your area A Mac or a PC with a USB 2.0 port and one of the following operating systems:
Mac OS X v10.5.8 or later Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP Home or Professional (SP3) 19
www.itunes.com/download Screen resolution on your computer set to 1024 x 768 or higher iTunes 10.1.2 or later, available at QuickTime 7.6.2 or later (for playing videos recorded with iPhone, on your computer) An Apple ID (such as an iTunes Store account or MobileMe account) for purchases from the iTunes Store or App Store An Internet connection for your computer (broadband is recommended) Installing the SIM Card If your SIM card (GSM models) wasnt preinstalled, you must install it before you can use iPhone. Installing the SIM Card in iPhone 4
Installing the SIM Card in iPhone 3GS
Install the SIM card:
1 Insert the end of a paper clip or SIM eject tool into the hole on the SIM card tray.
2 Pull out the SIM card tray and place the SIM card in the tray as shown. 3 With the tray aligned and the SIM card on top as shown, carefully replace the tray. 20 Chapter 2 Getting Started Activating iPhone You must activate iPhone by signing up for a service plan with an iPhone service carrier in your area and registering iPhone with the network. Your iPhone may have been activated at the time of purchase. If it isnt activated, contact your iPhone retailer or cellular service provider. For more information about iPhone, go to www.apple.com/iphone. Setting Up iPhone Before you can use iPhone, you must set it up in iTunes. During setup, you can create a new Apple ID or specify an existing Apple ID for making purchases with iPhone. (The iTunes Store may not be available in all countries or regions.) iTunes also records the serial number of your iPhone in case you need it. Set up iPhone:
1 Download and install the latest version of iTunes from www.itunes.com/download. 2 Connect iPhone to a USB 2.0 port on your Mac or PC using the cable that came with iPhone. 3 Follow the onscreen instructions. In the Set Up Your iPhone screen, select Automatically sync contacts, calendars and
to your computer. You can also customize your sync settings in iTunes. See Syncing with iTunes on page 53. Note: If you have a visual impairment, VoiceOver can help you set up iPhone without a sighted assistant. VoiceOver describes aloud what appears on the screen, so you can use iPhone without seeing it. When you connect iPhone to your computer, iTunes detects whether youre using a compatible screen reader on your computer, such as VoiceOver (Mac) or GW Micro Window-Eyes (PC), and automatically enables VoiceOver on iPhone. A sighted user can also enable VoiceOver on iPhone using Accessibility settings. (VoiceOver may not be available in all languages.) See VoiceOver on page 230. Chapter 2 Getting Started 21 Disconnecting iPhone from Your Computer You can disconnect iPhone from your computer at any time. However, if you disconnect it while a sync is in progress, some data may not get synced until the next time you connect iPhone to your computer. When iPhone is syncing with your computer, iPhone shows Sync in Progress. If you
the sync is complete, iTunes shows iPhone sync is complete. Cancel a sync: Drag the slider on iPhone. If you get a call during a sync, the sync is canceled and you can disconnect iPhone to
Connecting to the Internet iPhone connects to the Internet whenever you use Mail, Safari, YouTube, Stocks, Maps, Weather, the App Store, or the iTunes Store. network you used thats available. How iPhone Connects to the Internet iPhone connects to the Internet using either a Wi-Fi network or a cellular data network. iPhone does the following, in order, until connected:
Connects over the last Wi-Fi If no previously used Wi-Fi networks are available, iPhone shows a list of Wi-Fi networks in range. Tap a network and, if necessary, enter the password to join. Networks that require a password show the lock icon next to them. You can prevent iPhone from automatically showing available networks. See Wi-Fi on page 189. If no Wi-Fi networks are available or you choose not to join any, iPhone connects to the Internet over a cellular data network (
, , or ). You can prevent iPhone from using cellular data in Settings. See Network on page 193.
If a Wi-Fi network or a cellular data network isnt available, iPhone cant connect to the Internet. Note: The 3G (UMTS) cellular network supports simultaneous voice and data communications on GSM models. For all other network connections (EDGE or GPRS on GSM models, or EV-DO or 1xRTT on a CDMA model), you cant use Internet services while youre on the phone unless iPhone also has a Wi-Fi connection to the Internet. Many Wi-Fi networks can be used free of charge including, in some countries or regions, Wi-Fi hotspots provided by your iPhone carrier. Some Wi-Fi networks require a fee. To join a Wi-Fi network at a hotspot where charges apply, you can usually open Safari to see a webpage that allows you to sign up for service. 22 Chapter 2 Getting Started Joining a Wi-Fi Network The Wi-Fi settings let you turn on Wi-Fi and join Wi-Fi networks. Turn on Wi-Fi: Choose Settings > Wi-Fi and turn Wi-Fi on. Join a Wi-Fi network: Choose Settings > Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPhone detects networks in range, then select a network (fees may apply to join some Wi-Fi networks). If necessary, enter a password and tap Join (networks that require a password appear with a lock icon). Once you join a Wi-Fi network manually, iPhone automatically connects to it whenever the network is in range. If more than one previously used network is in range, iPhone joins the one last used. When iPhone is connected to a Wi-Fi network, the Wi-Fi icon in the status bar at the top of the screen shows the connection strength. The more bars you see, the stronger the connection.
Wi-Fi on page 189. Cellular Data Network Access iPhone can access the Internet through your iPhone carriers cellular network. Check the carriers network coverage in your area for availability. If iPhone is connected to the Internet via the cellular data network, the UMTS/EV-DO (
EDGE ( ), or GPRS/1xRTT ( ) icon appears in the status bar.
), Depending on your model of iPhone and the network connection, you may not be able to receive calls while iPhone transfers data over the cellular networkwhen downloading a webpage, for example. GSM: On an EDGE or GPRS connection, incoming calls may go directly to voicemail during data transfers. For incoming calls that you answer, data transfers are paused. CDMA: On EV-DO connections, data transfers are paused when you answer incoming calls. On 1xRTT connections, incoming calls may go directly to voicemail during data transfers. For incoming calls that you answer, data transfers are paused. Data transfer resumes when you end the call. Turn 3G on (GSM models): In Settings, choose General > Network and tap Enable 3G. When youre outside your carriers network, you may be able to access the Internet through another carrier. To enable email, web browsing, and other data services whenever possible, turn Data Roaming on. Turn Data Roaming on: In Settings, choose General > Network and turn Data Roaming on. Chapter 2 Getting Started 23 Important: Roaming charges may apply. To avoid data roaming charges, make sure
Internet Access on an Airplane
receivers to avoid interfering with aircraft operation. Airplane mode disables many of the iPhone features. In some countries or regions, where allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can turn on Wi-Fi while airplane mode is on, to:
Send and receive email Browse the Internet Sync your contacts, calendars, browser bookmarks, and notes over the air Stream YouTube videos Get stock quotes Get map locations Get weather reports Purchase music and apps You may also be allowed to turn on Bluetooth to use Bluetooth devices with iPhone. For more information, see Airplane Mode on page 187. VPN Access VPN (virtual private network) provides secure access over the Internet to private networks, such as the network at your company or school. Use Network settings to
Network on page 193. Personal Hotspot You can use Personal Hotspot (iPhone 4) to share an Internet connection with a computer or another Wi-Fi devicesuch as an iPod, iPad, or other iPhoneconnected to your iPhone via Wi-Fi. You can also use Personal Hotspot to share an Internet connection with a computer thats connected to your iPhone via Bluetooth or USB. Note: This feature may not be available in all countries or regions. Additional fees may apply. Contact your carrier for more information, including the number of devices that can share an Internet connection at the same time. If the Set Up Personal Hotspot button appears in your General > Network settings,
tapping that button. Personal Hotspot works only if iPhone is connected to the Internet over the cellular data network. 24 Chapter 2 Getting Started Share an Internet connection:
1 In Settings, choose Personal Hotspot (or choose General > Network > Personal Hotspot, if Personal Hotspot settings arent available at the top level of Settings). 2 Turn on Personal Hotspot. 3 Connect a computer or other device to iPhone:
Wi-Fi: On the device, choose iPhone from the list of available Wi-Fi networks. Enter the Wi-Fi password for iPhone when prompted.
USB: Connect your computer to iPhone using the Dock Connector to USB Cable. In your computers Network preferences, choose iPhone.
network settings for iPhone, then click Apply. On a PC, use the Network Control
Bluetooth: On iPhone, choose Settings > General > Bluetooth and turn on Bluetooth. Then refer to the documentation that came with your computer to pair and connect iPhone with your device. When a device is connected, a blue band appears at the top of the iPhone screen. Personal Hotspot remains on when you connect with USB, even when you arent actively using the Internet connection. icon appears in the status bar of an iPhone (GSM Note: The Personal Hotspot models) using the Personal Hotspot of another iPhone. Change the Wi-Fi password for iPhone: In Settings, choose Personal Hotspot >
Wi-Fi Password, then enter a password of at least 8 characters. Changing the password disconnects any devices that are sharing the Internet connection. Monitor your cellular data network usage: In Settings, choose General > Usage. Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts About Accounts iPhone works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular Internet-based email, contacts, and calendar service providers. If you dont already have an email account, you can get a free account online at www.yahoo.com, www.google.com, or www.aol.com. You can also try MobileMe, free for 60 days, at www.me.com. You can add contacts using an LDAP or CardDAV account if your company or organization supports it. See Adding Contacts on page 213. Chapter 2 Getting Started 25 You can add a CalDAV calendar account. See Syncing Calendars on page 111. You can subscribe to iCal (.ics) calendars or import them from Mail. See Subscribing to Calendars and Importing Calendar Files from Mail on page 116. Setting Up MobileMe Accounts To use MobileMe on iPhone, you need to set up a MobileMe Free Account or a MobileMe Paid Subscription. A MobileMe Free Account lets you use Find My iPhone (not available in all countries or regions), a feature that helps you locate and protect the information on your iPhone if its lost or stolen. See Security Features on page 50>. A MobileMe Paid Subscription lets you use Find My iPhone, plus the following features:
Mail account at me.com Over-the-air syncing for contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes MobileMe Gallery for sharing photos and videos
You can try out these features with a 60-day free trial at www.apple.com/mobileme. A MobileMe Free Account is available to any customer with an iPhone 4 running iOS 4.2 or later. If youve already created an account for the App Store or Game Center, you can use that Apple ID for your MobileMe Free Account. You can create a new
MobileMe account. Set up a MobileMe Free Account:
1 In Settings, tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars. 2 Tap Add Account, then tap MobileMe. 3 Enter your Apple ID and password, or tap Create Free Apple ID. 4 Follow the onscreen instructions. Verify your email address, if required. 5 Make sure Find My iPhone is turned on. Only one MobileMe account at a time can be used for Find My iPhone and for syncing contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes. To use Gallery, iDisk, and Find My iPhone on iPhone, download the free MobileMe Gallery, MobileMe iDisk, and Find My iPhone apps from the App Store. 26 Chapter 2 Getting Started Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts To use Microsoft Exchange on iPhone, you need to add an account with your Microsoft Exchange account settings. See your service provider or system administrator for those settings. iPhone uses the Exchange ActiveSync protocol to sync email, calendars, and contacts over the air with the following versions of Microsoft Exchange:
Exchange Server 2003 Service Pack 2 Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 Exchange Server 2010 When setting up the account, you can choose which Exchange services you want to use with iPhone:
Mail Contacts Calendars Services you turn on are synced automatically over the air without having to connect iPhone to your computer. See Syncing Accounts on page 52. You can set up multiple Exchange accounts. Set up an Exchange account:
1 In Settings, tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars. 2 Tap Add Account, then tap Microsoft Exchange. 3 Enter your complete email address, domain (optional), user name, password, and a description. The description can be whatever you like. iPhone supports Microsofts Autodiscovery service, which uses your user name and password to determine the address of the Exchange server. If the servers address cant be determined, youre asked to enter it. (Enter the complete address in the Server
passcode to match the policies set on the server. 4 Tap the items you want to use on iPhone (mail, contacts, and calendars) and set how many days of email you want to sync to iPhone. Chapter 2 Getting Started 27 Setting Up Google, Yahoo!, and AOL Accounts For many popular accounts (Google, Yahoo!, AOL), iPhone enters most of the settings for you. When setting up the account, you can choose which account services you want to use with iPhone. Services you turn on are synced automatically over the air without having to connect iPhone to your computer. See Syncing Accounts on page 52. Set up an account:
1 In Settings, tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars. 2 Tap Add Account, then tap Google, Yahoo!, or AOL. 3 Enter your name, complete email address, password, and a description. The description can be whatever you like. 4 Tap the items you want to use on iPhone. Available items depend upon the service provider. Setting Up Other Accounts Choose Other Accounts to set up other accounts for mail (such as POP), contacts (such as LDAP or CardDAV), or calendars (such as CalDAV). Contact your service provider or system administrator to get the account settings you need. Set up an account:
1 In Settings, tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars. 2 Tap Add Account, then tap Other. 3 Choose the account type you want to add (Mail, Contacts, or Calendars). 4 Enter your account information and tap Save. 28 Chapter 2 Getting Started Basics3Using AppsiPhone apps.Opening and Switching AppsYou open an app on iPhone by tapping its icon on the Home screen. Return to the Home screen: Press the Home button below the display.Switch to another Home screen: Flick left or right, or tap to the left or right of the row of dots.Press the Home button again.View your recently used apps: Double-click the Home button.29 Your most recently used apps appear at the bottom of the screen, in order starting from the left. Flick to see more apps. Switch to another app: Tap an app in the recents list. Remove an app from the recents list: Touch and hold the app icon until it begins to jiggle, then tap The app is added to recent apps again the next time you open it. Removing an app from the recents list also forces it to quit. Scrolling Drag up or down to scroll. On some screens such as webpages, you can also scroll side to side.
30 Chapter 3 Basics Flick to scroll quickly. You can wait for the scrolling to come to a stop, or touch anywhere on the screen to stop it immediately. Touching the screen to stop scrolling wont choose or activate anything. To quickly scroll to the top of a list, webpage, or email, just tap the status bar. Find items in an indexed list: Tap a letter to jump to items starting with that letter.
Choose an item: Tap an item in the list.
open a new list, play a song, open an email, or show someones contact information so you can call that person. Chapter 3 Basics 31 Zooming In or OutWhen viewing photos, webpages, email, or maps, you can zoom in and out. Pinch your quickly) to zoom in, then double-tap again to zoom out. For maps, double-tap to zoom Zoom is also an accessibility feature that lets you magnify the screen with any app youre using, to help you see whats on the display. See Zoom on page 243.Viewing in Portrait or Landscape OrientationMany iPhone apps let you view the screen in either portrait or landscape orientation. screen orientation.You may prefer landscape orientation for viewing webpages in Safari, or when entering text, for example. In landscape orientation:Webpages scale to the wider screen, making the text and images larger. The onscreen keyboard is larger, which may help increase your typing speed and accuracy.32Chapter 3 Basics The following apps support both portrait and landscape orientation:
Mail Safari Messages Notes Contacts Stocks iPod Photos Camera Calculator Movies viewed in iPod and YouTube appear only in landscape orientation. Street views in Maps also appear only in landscape orientation. Lock the screen in portrait orientation: Double-click the Home bottom of the screen from left to right, then tap The portrait orientation lock (
orientation is locked.
) icon appears in the status bar when the screen
. Customizing the Home Screen You can customize the layout of icons on the Home screenincluding the Dock icons along the bottom of the screen. If you want, arrange them over multiple Home screens. You can also organize apps by grouping them in folders. Rearranging Icons You can arrange the icons on your Home screen in any order you want. Rearrange icons:
1 Touch and hold any icon on the Home screen until it begins to jiggle. 2 Arrange the icons by dragging them. 3 Press the Home button to save your arrangement. You can also add links to your favorite webpages on the Home screen. See Web Clips on page 90. When iPhone is connected to your computer, you can rearrange icons on the Home screen and the order of the screens. In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen. Chapter 3 Basics 33 Move an icon to another screen: While arranging icons, drag an icon to the side of the screen.Create additional Home screens: screen, then drag an icon to the right edge of the screen until a new screen appears.You can create up to 11 screens. The number of dots above the Dock shows the number of screens you have, and which screen youre viewing.Reset your Home screen to the default layout: Choose Settings > General > Reset and tap Reset Home Screen Layout.Resetting the Home screen removes any folders youve created and applies the default wallpaper to your Home screen.Organizing with FoldersFolders let you organize icons on the Home screen. You can put up to 12 icons in a folder. iPhone automatically names a folder when you create it, based on the icons you use to create the folder, but you can change the name anytime you want. Like icons, folders can be rearranged by dragging them around the Home screen. You can move folders to a new Home screen or to the Dock.Create a folder: Touch and hold an icon until the Home screen icons begin to jiggle, then drag the icon onto another icon.34Chapter 3 Basics iPhone creates a new folder that includes the two icons, and shows the folders name.
You can also create folders within iTunes. Create a folder using iTunes: With iPhone connected to your computer, select iPhone in the Devices list in iTunes. Click Apps at the top of the screen, and on the Home screen near the top of the window, drag an app on top of another. Add an icon to a folder While arranging icons, drag the icon onto the folder. Remove an icon from a folder While arranging icons, tap to open the folder, then drag the icon out of the folder. Open a folder Close a folder Delete a folder Rename a folder Tap the folder. You can then tap an app icon to open that app. Tap outside the folder, or press the Home button. Move all icons out of the folder. The folder is deleted automatically when empty. While arranging icons, tap to open the folder, then tap the name at the top and use the keyboard to enter a new name. Press the Home button to save your changes.
your changes. button to save Many apps, such as Phone, Messages, Mail, and the App Store, display an alert badge on their Home screen icon with a number (to indicate incoming items) or an exclamation mark (to indicate a problem). If these apps are contained in a folder, the badge appears on the folder. A badge with a number shows the total number of items you havent attended to, such as incoming phone calls, email messages, text messages, and updated apps to download. A badge with an exclamation mark indicates a problem with an app. Chapter 3 Basics 35 Adding Wallpaper You can set an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen. You can also set wallpaper for your Home screen. You can choose an image that came with iPhone, a photo from your Camera Roll, or a photo synced to iPhone from your computer. The Lock screen wallpaper also appears when youre on a call with someone you dont have a contact photo for. Set wallpaper:
1 In Settings, choose Wallpaper, tap the image of the Lock and Home screens, then tap Wallpaper or an album. 2 Tap to choose an image or photo. If you choose a photo, drag to position it and pinch to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you want. 3 Tap Set, then choose whether you want to use the photo as wallpaper for your Lock Screen, Home screen, or both. 36 Chapter 3 Basics Typing The onscreen keyboard appears anytime you need to type. Entering Text Use the keyboard to enter text, such as contact information, email, text messages, and web addresses. The keyboard corrects misspellings, predicts what you're typing, and learns as you use it. Depending on the app youre using, the intelligent keyboard may suggest corrections as you type, to help prevent mistyped words. Enter text:
1 2 Tap keys on the keyboard.
more quickly using two thumbs.
Delete the previous character Tap
. Type uppercase Quickly type a period and space Tap the Shift hold the Shift key, then slide to a letter. key before tapping a letter. Or touch and
Chapter 3 Basics 37 Turn caps lock on Double-tap the Shift key. The Shift key turns blue, and all letters you type are uppercase. Tap the Shift key again
Show numbers, punctuation, or symbols Tap the Number additional punctuation and symbols. key. Tap the Symbol key to see Type letters or symbols that arent on the keyboard Touch and hold the related letter or symbol, then slide to choose a variation. Dictionary For many languages, iPhone has dictionaries to help you type. The appropriate dictionary is activated when you select a supported keyboard. For a list of supported languages, see www.apple.com/iphone/specs.html. iPhone uses the active dictionary to suggest corrections or complete the word youre typing. You dont need to interrupt your typing to accept the suggested word.
Accept or reject dictionary suggestions:
To reject the suggested word, dismiss the suggestion before typing anything else. Each time you reject a suggestion for the same word, iPhone becomes more likely to accept your word. Note: If youre entering Chinese or Japanese, tap one of the suggested alternatives.
To use the suggested word, type a space, punctuation mark, or return character. iPhone also underlines words youve already typed that might be misspelled. 38 Chapter 3 Basics Use spell checking to replace a misspelled word: Tap the underlined word, then tap one of the suggested corrections. If none of the suggestions is correct, you can correct the spelling of the selected word by retyping it. To leave the word unchanged, tap somewhere else in the message area.
EditingCut, Copy, and Paste The touchscreen makes it easy to make changes to text youve entered. An onscreen magnifying glass helps you position the insertion point precisely where you need it. Grab points on selected text let you quickly select more or less text. You can also cut, copy, and paste text and photos within apps, or across multiple apps. Position the insertion point: Touch and hold to bring up the magnifying glass, then drag to position the insertion point. Select text: Tap the insertion point to display the selection buttons. Tap Select to select the adjacent word or tap Select All to select all text. You can also double-tap to select a word. In read-only documents, such as webpages, or email or text messages youve received, touch and hold to select a word. Chapter 3 Basics 39 Drag the grab points to select more or less text. Cut or copy text: Select text, then tap Cut or Copy. Paste text: Tap the insertion point and tap Paste. The last text that you cut or copied is inserted. Or select text and tap Paste to replace the text. Undo the last edit: Shake iPhone and tap Undo. Keyboard Layouts You can use Settings to set the keyboard layouts for software and hardware keyboards. The available layouts depend on the keyboard language. Select a keyboard layout:
selections for both the onscreen software and any external hardware keyboards. The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard on the iPhone screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the layout of an Apple Wireless
. Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard
with iPhone. See Pairing a Bluetooth Device with iPhone on page 47. Once the keyboard is paired with iPhone, it connects whenever the keyboard is within range (up to 30 feet). You can tell that the keyboard is connected if the onscreen
Switch the language when using a hardware keyboard: Press and hold the Command key, then tap the space bar to display a list of available languages. Tap the
Disconnect a wireless keyboard from iPhone: Press and hold the power button on
40 Chapter 3 Basics iPhone disconnects the keyboard when its out of range. Unpair a wireless keyboard from iPhone: In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, tap next to the device name, then tap Forget this Device.
A, International
, on page 248 and on page 40. Printing About AirPrint AirPrint lets you print wirelessly to AirPrint-enabled printers. You can print from these iOS apps:
Mailemail messages and attachments that can be viewed in Quick Look Photosphotos Safariwebpages, PDFs, and other attachments that can be viewed in Quick Look iBooksPDFs Other apps available from the App Store may also support AirPrint. An AirPrint-enabled printer doesnt need setupjust connect it to the same Wi-Fi network as iPhone. (If youre not sure whether your printer is AirPrint-enabled, refer to its documentation.) For more information, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT4356. Printing a Document AirPrint uses your Wi-Fi network to send print jobs wirelessly to your printer. iPhone must be connected to the same wireless network as the AirPrint printer. Print a document:
or
(depending on the app youre using), then tap Print. 1 Tap 2 Tap Select Printer to select a printer. 3 Set printer options such as number of copies and double-sided output (if the printer supports it). Some apps also let you set a range of pages to print. Chapter 3 Basics 41 4 Tap Print. See the status of a print job: Double-click the Home button, then tap Print Center. The Print Center app appears as the most recent app when a document is printing. A badge on the app icon shows how many documents are queued for printing. If youre printing more than one document, select a print job to see its status summary. Cancel a print job: Double-click the Home job (if youre printing more than one document), then tap Cancel Printing. button, tap Print Center, select the print 42 Chapter 3 Basics Searching You can search many apps on iPhone, including Mail, Calendar, iPod, Notes, Messages, and Contacts. You can search an individual app, or search all apps at once using Search. Go to Search: From the Search screen, press the Home screen page. Search iPhone: appear as you type. Tap an item in the list to open it. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more results. button to return to the main Home button. Icons next to the search results show which app the results are from. iPhone may display a top hit for you at the top of the list, based on your previous searches. The Safari search results include options to search the web or to search Wikipedia. App Contacts Mail Calendar iPod Messages Notes Whats searched First, last, and company names
messages isnt searched) Event titles, invitees, locations, and notes Music (names of songs, artists, and albums) and the titles of podcasts, videos, and audiobooks Names and text of messages Text of notes Search also searches the names of the native and installed apps on iPhone, so if you have a lot of apps, you may want to use Search to locate and open apps. Chapter 3 Basics 43 Open apps from Search: Enter the app name, then tap to open the app directly from the search results. Use the Spotlight Search setting to specify which contents are searched and the order the results are presented in. See Spotlight Search on page 195. Voice Control Voice Control lets you make phone calls and control iPod music playback using voice commands. Note: Voice Control may not be available in all languages. Use Voice Control: Press and hold the Home appears and you hear a beep. You can also press and hold the center button on the iPhone earphones. button until the Voice Control screen Use the following commands to make calls or play songs. Call someone in contacts Make a FaceTime call to someone in contacts (iPhone 4) Dial a number Control music playback Say call or dial, then say the name of the person. If the person has more than one phone number, you can add home or mobile, for example. Say FaceTime, then say the name of the person. If the person has more than one phone number, you can add home or mobile, for example. Say call or dial, then say the number. Say play or play music. To pause, say pause or pause music. You can also say next song or previous song. Play an album, artist, or playlist Say play, then say album, artist, or playlist and the name.
Find out more about the currently playing song Say whats playing, what song is this, who sings this song, or who is this song by. Use Genius to play similar songs Say Genius, play more like this, or play more songs like this. Find out the current time Say what time is it? or what is the time?
Cancel Voice Control Say cancel or stop. 44 Chapter 3 Basics For best results:
Speak into the iPhone microphone as if you were making a phone call. You can also use the microphone on your Bluetooth headset or compatible Bluetooth car kit. Speak clearly and naturally. Say only iPhone commands and names, and numbers. Pause slightly between commands. Use full names.
For more about using Voice Control, including information about using Voice Control
support.apple.com/kb/HT3597. Voice Control normally expects you to speak voice commands in the language thats set for iPhone (the setting in General > International > Language). Voice Control settings let you change the language for speaking voice commands. Some languages
Change the language or country: In Settings, choose General > International >
Voice Control and tap the language or country. Voice Control for the iPod app is always on, but for better security you can prevent voice dialing when iPhone is locked. Prevent voice dialing when iPhone is locked: In Settings, choose General > Passcode
See Voice Dialing on page 61 and Using Voice Control with iPod on page 95. Chapter 3 Basics 45 Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic The Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic included with iPhone feature a microphone, volume buttons, and an integrated button that allows you to answer and end calls easily, and control audio and video playback.
Plug in the earphones to listen to music or make a phone call. Press the center button to control music playback and answer or end calls, even when iPhone is locked. Pause a song or video Skip to the next song Press the center button. Press again to resume playback. Press the center button twice quickly. Return to previous song Press the center button three times quickly. Fast-forward Rewind Adjust the volume Answer an incoming call End the current call Decline an incoming call Press the center button twice quickly and hold. Press the center button three times quickly and hold. Press the + or button. Press the center button. Press the center button. Press and hold the center button for about two seconds,
Switch to an incoming or on-hold call and put the current call on hold Press the center button. Press again to switch back to the
Switch to an incoming or on-hold call and end the current call Press and hold the center button for about two seconds,
Use Voice Control Press and hold the center button. See Voice Control on page 44. If you get a call while the earphones are plugged in, you can hear the ringtone through both the iPhone speaker and the earphones. 46 Chapter 3 Basics Bluetooth Devices
such as Bluetooth headsets, car kits, and stereo headphones. Third-party Bluetooth headphones may support volume and playback controls. See the documentation
support.apple.com/kb/HT3647. Pairing a Bluetooth Device with iPhone WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss and about driving safely, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Pair a Bluetooth headset, car kit, or other device with iPhone:
1 Follow the instructions that came with the device to make it discoverable or to set it to search for other Bluetooth devices. 2 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on. 3 Choose the device on iPhone, and enter its passkey or PIN number. See the instructions about the passkey or PIN that came with the device. After you pair a Bluetooth device to work with iPhone, you must make a connection to have iPhone use the device for your calls. See the documentation that came with the device. When iPhone is connected to a Bluetooth headset or car kit, outgoing calls are routed through the device. Incoming calls are routed through the device if you answer using the device, and through iPhone if you answer using iPhone. Pair an Apple Wireless Keyboard with iPhone:
1 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on. 2 3 On iPhone, select the keyboard listed under Devices. 4 Type the passkey on the keyboard as instructed, then press Return. Note:
For more information, see on page 40. Chapter 3 Basics 47 Bluetooth Status The Bluetooth icon appears in the iPhone status bar at the top of the screen:
: Bluetooth is on and a device is connected to iPhone. (The color depends on or the current color of the status bar.)
: Bluetooth is on but no device is connected. If youve paired a device with iPhone,
No Bluetooth icon: Unpairing a Bluetooth Device from iPhone You can unpair a Bluetooth device if you dont want to use it with iPhone any more. Unpair a Bluetooth device:
1 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on. 2 Tap next to the device name, then tap Forget this Device. Battery iPhone has an internal rechargeable battery. Charging the Battery WARNING: For important safety information about charging iPhone, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone. The battery icon in the upper-right corner shows the battery level or charging status. You can also display the percentage of the battery charge. See Usage on page 192.
Charge the battery: Connect iPhone to a power outlet using the included Dock Connector to USB Cable and USB power adapter. 48 Chapter 3 Basics Charge the battery and sync iPhone: Connect iPhone to your computer using the included Dock Connector to USB Cable. Or connect iPhone to your computer using the included cable and the Dock, available separately. Unless your keyboard has a high-powered USB 2.0 port, you must connect iPhone to a USB 2.0 port on your computer. Important: The iPhone battery may drain instead of charge if iPhone is connected to a
If you charge the battery while syncing or using iPhone, it may take longer to charge. Important: If iPhone is very low on power, it may display one of the following images, indicating that iPhone needs to charge for up to ten minutes before you can use it. If iPhone is extremely low on power, the display may be blank for up to two minutes before one of the low-battery images appears.
Maximizing Battery Life iPhone uses lithium-ion batteries. To learn more about how to maximize the battery life of iPhone, go to www.apple.com/batteries. Replacing the Battery Rechargeable batteries have a limited number of charge cycles and may eventually need to be replaced. The iPhone battery isnt user replaceable; it can be replaced only by an authorized service provider. For more information, go to www.apple.com/
support/iphone/service/battery. Chapter 3 Basics 49 Security Features Security features help protect the information on iPhone from being accessed by others. Passcodes and Data Protection You can set a passcode that you must enter each time you turn on or wake up iPhone. Set a passcode: Choose Settings > General > Passcode Lock and enter a 4-digit passcode, then enter the passcode again to verify it. iPhone then requires you to enter the passcode to unlock it or to display the passcode lock settings. Setting a passcode turns on data protection. Data protection uses your passcode as the key for encrypting mail messages and their attachments stored on iPhone. (Data protection may also be used by some apps available in the App Store.) A notice at the bottom of the Passcode Lock screen in Settings shows whether data protection is enabled.
a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and special characters. See Passcode Lock on page 195. Important: On an iPhone 3GS that didnt ship with iOS 4 or later, you must also restore iOS software to enable data protection. See Restoring iPhone on page 257. Prevent voice dialing when iPhone is locked: In Settings, choose General > Passcode
Find My iPhone Find My iPhone helps you locate and secure your iPhone using the free Find My iPhone app on another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, or using a Mac or PC with a web browser. Find My iPhone includes:
Locate on a map: View the approximate location of your iPhone on a full-screen map
Display a Message or Play a Sound: Lets you compose a message that will appear on your iPhone screen, or play a sound at full volume for two minutes, even if the Ring/Silent switch is set to silent
Remote Passcode Lock: Lets you remotely lock your iPhone and create a 4-digit passcode, if you havent set one previously
Remote Wipe: Lets you protect your privacy by erasing all media and data on iPhone, restoring it to factory settings Use Find My iPhone: You need to turn on Find My iPhone on iPhone before you can use these features. See Setting Up MobileMe Accounts on page 26. To locate your missing iPhone and use the other Find My iPhone features, download the free Find My iPhone app from the App Store on another iOS device, or sign in to me.com in a web browser on a Mac or PC. 50 Chapter 3 Basics Note: Find My iPhone requires a MobileMe account. MobileMe is Apples online service, which provides Find My iPhone for free to iPhone 4 customers, and additional features with a paid subscription. MobileMe may not be available in all countries or regions. For more information, see Setting Up MobileMe Accounts on page 26, or go to www.apple.com/mobileme. Cleaning iPhone Clean iPhone immediately if it comes in contact with any contaminants that may cause stains, such as ink, dyes, makeup, dirt, food, oils, or lotions. To clean iPhone, disconnect
slide the onscreen slider). Then use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free cloth. Avoid getting moisture in openings. Dont use window cleaners, household cleaners, compressed air, aerosol sprays, solvents, alcohol, ammonia, or abrasives to clean iPhone. The front cover of iPhone 3GS and the front and back covers of iPhone 4 are made of glass and have an oleophobic coating. To clean these surfaces, simply wipe with a soft, lint-free cloth. The ability of this coating to repel oil will diminish over time with normal usage, and
scratch the glass. For more information about handling iPhone, see the iPhone Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone. Restarting or Resetting iPhone If something isnt working right, try restarting iPhone, force quitting an app, or resetting iPhone. Restart iPhone:
Force quit an app: until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home You can also force an app to quit by removing it from the recents list. See Opening and Switching Apps on page 29. Reset iPhone: button for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears. button until the app quits. For more troubleshooting suggestions, see Appendix B, Support and Other Information, on page 254. Chapter 3 Basics 51 Syncing and File Sharing 4 About Syncing Syncing copies information from your computer or online account to iPhone, then keeps the information in sync by copying changes made in one location to the other. You use iTunes on your computer to sync contacts, calendars, and other information;
iOS apps; photos and videos; and music and other iTunes content. By default, syncing occurs whenever you connect iPhone to your computer.
MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, and others. Your information on those services is synced over the air. Syncing Accounts MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, and other online service providers sync informationwhich might include contacts, calendars, browser bookmarks, and noteswirelessly over the air, so you dont have to connect iPhone to your computer. The wireless Internet connection can be via your cellular network or your local Wi-Fi network. Some service providersincluding MobileMe and Microsoft Exchangepush information updates. This means that syncing happens whenever any information is changed. The Push setting in Fetch New Data must be turned on (its on by default). Other providers sync by periodically fetching changes that have occurred. Use the Fetch setting to determine how frequently this happens. See Fetch New Data on page 203. For information about setting up accounts on iPhone, see Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts on page 25. 52 Syncing with iTunes You can set iTunes to sync any or all of the following:
Contactsnames, phone numbers, addresses, email addresses, and more Calendarsappointments and events Email account settings Webpage bookmarks Notes Ringtones Music Photos and videos (in your computers photo application or folder) iTunes U collections Podcasts Books and audiobooks Movies, TV shows, and music videos Apps downloaded from the App Store You can adjust sync settings whenever iPhone is connected to your computer. Ringtones, music, audiobooks, podcasts, books, iTunes U collections, videos, and apps are synced from your iTunes library. If you dont already have content in iTunes, the iTunes Store (not available in all countries or regions) makes it easy to preview content and download it to iTunes. You can also add music to your iTunes library from your CDs. To learn about iTunes and the iTunes Store, open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. Contacts, calendars, notes, and webpage bookmarks are synced with applications on your computer, as described in the following section. New entries or changes you make on iPhone are synced to your computer, and vice versa. iTunes also lets you sync photos and videos from an application or from a folder. Email account settings are synced only from your computers email application to
email account settings on your computer. Note: You can also set up email accounts directly on iPhone. See Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts on page 25. Purchases you make on iPhone in the iTunes Store or the App Store are synced back to your iTunes library. You can also purchase or download content and apps from the iTunes Store on your computer, and then sync them to iPhone. Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing 53 You can set iPhone to sync with only a portion of whats on your computer. For example, you might want to sync only a group of contacts from your address book, or only unwatched video podcasts. Important: You should be logged in to your own user account on your computer before connecting iPhone. Set up iTunes syncing:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer, and open iTunes. 2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list. 3 See the following section for descriptions of the panes. 4 Click Apply in the lower-right corner of the screen. By default, Open iTunes when this iPhone is connected is selected. iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes The following sections provide an overview of each of the iPhone settings panes. For more information, open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. Note: Buttons for additional panes may appear in iTunes, depending on the types of content in your iTunes library. Summary Pane Select Open iTunes when this iPhone is connected to have iTunes open and sync iPhone automatically whenever you connect it to your computer. Deselect this option if you want to sync only by clicking the Sync button in iTunes. For more information, see Automatic iTunes Syncing on page 57. Select Sync only checked songs and videos if you want iTunes to skip unchecked items in your iTunes library when syncing. 54 Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
Select Convert higher bit rate songs to 128 kbps AAC if you want iTunes to convert
and Video settings panes. See Manually Managing Content on page 58. Select Encrypt iPhone backup if you want to encrypt the information stored on your computer when iTunes makes a backup. Encrypted backups are indicated by a lock icon, and a password is required to restore the information to iPhone. See Backing Up iPhone on page 255.
29, Accessibility, on page 229. Info Pane
accounts, and web browser.
Contacts Sync contacts with applications such as Mac OS X Address Book, Yahoo! Address Book, and Google Contacts on a Mac, or with Yahoo! Address Book, Google Contacts, Windows Address Book (Outlook Express), Windows Contacts (Vista and Windows 7), or Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync contacts with multiple applications. On a PC, you can sync contacts with one application at a time.)
new login information when you change your Yahoo! ID or password after youve set up syncing. Calendars Sync calendars from applications such as iCal on a Mac, or from Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync calendars with multiple applications. On a PC, you can sync calendars with only one application at a time.) Mail Accounts Sync email account settings from Mail on a Mac, and from Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 or Outlook Express on a PC. Account settings are transferred only from your computer to iPhone. Changes you make to an email account on iPhone dont
Note: The password for your Yahoo! email account isnt saved on your computer, so it cant be synced and must be entered on iPhone. In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, tap your Yahoo! account, and enter the password.
Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing 55
Web Browser You can sync bookmarks on iPhone with Safari on a Mac, or with Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on a PC. Notes Sync notes in the Notes app on iPhone with notes in Mail on a Mac or with Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. Advanced These options let you replace the information on iPhone with the information on your computer during the next sync. Apps Pane Use the Apps Pane to sync App Store apps, arrange apps on the iPhone Home screen, or copy documents between iPhone and your computer. Select Automatically sync new apps to sync new apps to iPhone that you downloaded or synced from another device. If you delete an app on iPhone, you can reinstall it from the Apps pane as long as it was previously synced.
copy those documents to your computer. You can also copy documents from your
File Sharing on page 59. Ringtones Pane Use the Ringtones pane to select the ringtones you want to sync to iPhone. Music, Movies, TV Shows, Podcasts, iTunes U, and Books Panes Use these panes to specify the media you want to sync. You can sync all music, movies, TV shows, podcasts, iTunes U collections, books and audiobooks, or select the content you want. If you create a playlist folder (collection of playlists) in iTunes, the folder and its playlists will be synced to iPhone. You cant create playlist folders directly on iPhone. If you listen to part of a podcast or audiobook, your place in the story is included if you sync the content with iTunes. If you started listening to the story on iPhone, you can
If you want to watch a rented movie from your computer on iPhone, sync it to iPhone using the Movies pane in iTunes. Only songs and videos encoded in formats that iPhone supports are synced to iPhone. For information about which formats iPhone supports, go to www.apple.com/iphone/specs.html. 56 Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing Important: If you delete an item from iTunes, it will also be deleted from iPhone the next time you sync. Photos Pane On a Mac, you can sync photos with Aperture or iPhoto 4.0.3 or later, and videos with iPhoto 6.0.6 or later. On a PC, you can sync photos with Adobe Photoshop Elements 8.0 or later. You can also sync photos and videos from any Mac or PC folder that contains images. Automatic iTunes Syncing By default, iPhone syncs whenever you connect it to iTunes. You can prevent iPhone from syncing when you connect iPhone to a computer other than the one you usually sync with.
1 Connect iPhone to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen. 3 Deselect Open iTunes when this iPhone is connected.
Prevent automatic syncing for all iPods, iPhones, and iPads:
1 In iTunes, choose iTunes > Preferences (on a Mac) or Edit > Preferences (on a PC). 2 Click Devices, then select Prevent iPods, iPhones, and iPads from syncing automatically. If this checkbox is selected, iPhone wont sync, even if Open iTunes when this iPhone is connected is selected in the Summary pane. Prevent automatic syncing one time, without changing settings: Open iTunes, connect iPhone to your computer, then press and hold Command-Option (on a Mac) or Shift-Control (on a PC) until you see iPhone appear in the sidebar. Sync manually: In iTunes, select iPhone in the sidebar, then click Sync in the bottom-
right corner of the window. Or, if youve changed any sync settings, click Apply. Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing 57 Manually Managing Content The manually managing feature lets you choose just the music, videos, and podcasts you want to have on iPhone. Set up iPhone for manually managing content:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the sidebar. 3 Click Summary at the top of the screen and select Manually manage music and videos. 4 Click Apply. Add items to iPhone: Drag a song, video, podcast, or playlist in your iTunes library to iPhone (in the sidebar). Shift-click or Command-click (Mac) or Control-click (Windows) to select multiple items to add at the same time. iTunes syncs the content immediately. If you deselect Manually manage music and videos, the content you added manually is removed from iPhone the next time iTunes syncs content. Remove items from iPhone: With iPhone connected to your computer, select iPhone in the iTunes sidebar, and click its disclosure triangle to show contents. Select a content area, such as Music or Movies, then select the items you want to delete and press the Delete key on the keyboard. Removing an item from iPhone doesnt delete it from your iTunes library. Note: Genius doesnt work if you manually manage content. See Using Genius on iPhone on page 98. Transferring Purchased Content to Another Computer You can transfer content on iPhone that was purchased using iTunes on one computer to an iTunes library on another authorized computer. The computer must be authorized to play content purchased using your Apple ID. Authorize a computer: Open iTunes on the computer and choose Store >
Authorize Computer. Transfer purchased content: Connect iPhone to the other computer. In iTunes, choose File > Transfer Purchases from iPhone. 58 Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing File Sharing
each app, the Files list shows the documents that are on iPhone. See the apps
1 Connect iPhone to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen. 3 In the File Sharing section, select an app from the list on the left. 4 destination on your computer.
1 Connect iPhone to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen. 3 In the File Sharing section, click Add. 4
Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing 59 Phone 5 Phone Calls Making a call on iPhone is as simple as tapping a name and number in your contacts, tapping one of your favorites, or tapping a recent call to return it. Making Calls Buttons at the bottom of the Phone screen give you quick access to your favorites, recent calls, your contacts, and a numeric keypad for dialing manually. WARNING: For important information about driving safely, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Use Contacts to call someone Tap Contacts, choose a contact, then tap a phone number. Call a favorite Return a recent call Tap Favorites, then choose a contact. Tap Recents, then tap a name or number in the list. If the
), call was a FaceTime video call (indicated by tap the item to make a new video call. 60 Dialing Manually You can use the keypad to manually dial a phone number. Dial a number: If you copy a phone number to the clipboard, you can paste it to the numeric keypad. Paste a number to the keypad: Tap the screen above the keyboard, then tap Paste. If the phone number you copied included letters, iPhone converts them to the appropriate digits. You can include a soft pause, which pauses dialing for about two seconds, or a hard pause, which pauses dialing until you tap the Dial Button. Pauses can be useful when dialing in to a conference call, for example. Enter a soft pause: Press and hold the * key until a comma appears in the number. Enter a hard pause: Press and hold the # key until a semicolon appears in the number. Redial the last number you dialed: the number. Voice Dialing
Note: Voice Control may not be available in all languages. Use Voice Control to make a phone call: Press and hold the Home button until the Voice Control screen appears and you hear a beep. Then use the commands described below to make a call. You can also press and hold the center button on the iPhone earphones to use Voice Control. Call someone in contacts Say call or dial then say the name of the person. If the person has more than one number, specify which one you want to call. Examples:
Call John Appleseed
Call John Appleseed at home
Call John Appleseed, mobile Dial a number Say call or dial, then say the number. For best results, speak the full name of the person youre calling. If you speak only the
those contacts you want to call. If theres more than one number for the person youre calling, say which number to use. Otherwise, iPhone asks you. Chapter 5 Phone 61 When voice dialing a number, speak each digit separatelyfor example, say four one
Note: For the 800 area code in the U.S., you can say eight hundred. Prevent voice dialing when iPhone is locked: In Settings, choose General > Passcode
Receiving Calls When you receive a call, tap Answer. If iPhone is locked, drag the slider. You can also press the center button on your iPhone earphones to answer a call.
Silence a call: still answer the call after silencing it, until it goes to voicemail. Decline a call: Do one of the following to send a call directly to voicemail.
Press and hold the center button on the iPhone earphones for about two seconds.
Tap Decline (if iPhone is awake when a call comes in).
Block calls and maintain Wi-Fi access to the Internet: In Settings, turn on Airplane Mode, then tap Wi-Fi to turn it on. 62 Chapter 5 Phone While On a Call When youre on a call, the screen shows call options. The call options may vary, depending on which iPhone youre using. Mute your line Use the numeric keypad to enter information Use the speakerphone or a Bluetooth device Tap Mute. You can still hear the caller, but the caller cant hear you.
Tap Speaker. The Button is labeled Audio Source when a Bluetooth device is available, which lets you select the Bluetooth device, iPhone, or Speaker Phone. See contact information Tap Contacts. Put a call on hold iPhone 4: Touch and hold Mute. iPhone 3GS: Tap Hold. Neither party can hear the other. When a call is on hold, tap Hold again to return to the call. Make another call Tap Add Call. You can use other apps during a callto check your schedule in Calendar, for example. Use another app during a call: Press the Home return to the call, tap the green bar at the top of the screen. Note: The 3G (UMTS) cellular network supports simultaneous voice and data communications on GSM models. For all other network connections (EDGE or GPRS on GSM models, or EV-DO or 1xRTT on a CDMA model), you cant use Internet services while youre on the phone unless iPhone also has a Wi-Fi connection to the Internet. End a call: Tap End Call. Or press the center button on your iPhone earphones. button, then tap an app icon. To Chapter 5 Phone 63 Second Calls During a call, you can make or receive another call. If you receive a second call, iPhone beeps and shows the callers information and a list of options. Note: Making and receiving a second call may be an optional service in some countries or regions. Contact your carrier for more information. Respond to a second incoming call:
To ignore the call and send it to voicemail: Tap Ignore.
Tap Hold Call + Answer.
On GSM models, tap End Call + Answer. On a CDMA model, tap End Call and when the second call rings back, tap Answer, or drag the slider if the phone is locked. If youre on a FaceTime video call, you can either end the video call and answer the incoming call, or decline the incoming call. Make a second call: Switch between calls: Tap Swap. The active call is put on hold. On a CDMA model, you cant switch between calls if the second call was outgoing, but you can merge the calls. If you end the second call or the merged call, both calls are terminated. Merge calls: Tap Merge Calls. On a CDMA model, you cant merge calls if the second call was incoming. Conference Calls
time, depending on your carrier. Note: Conference calling may be an optional service in some countries or regions. Contact your carrier for information. Create a conference call:
1 Make a call. 2 3 Tap Merge Calls. The calls are merged on one line and everyone can hear each other. 4 Repeat steps two and three to add additional calls. Drop one call Talk privately with a call Tap Conference and tap next to a call. Then tap End Call. Tap Conference, then tap Private next to a call. Tap Merge Calls to resume the conference call. Add an incoming call Tap Hold Call + Answer, then tap Merge Calls. 64 Chapter 5 Phone If your service includes conference calling, iPhone always has a second line available in addition to the conference call. Note: You cant make a FaceTime video call when youre on a conference call. FaceTime FaceTime video calls (iPhone 4) let you see as well as hear the person youre talking to. You can make a video call to someone with a device that supports FaceTime. No setup is needed, but you must have a Wi-Fi connection to the Internet. FaceTime uses the front camera so the person you call can see your face, but you can switch to the main camera to share what you see around you. Note: FaceTime may not be available in all countries or regions. Make a FaceTime call: In Contacts, choose a name, then tap FaceTime and tap the email address or phone number the person uses for FaceTime. To call someone who has an iPhone 4, you can start by making a voice call, then tap FaceTime. If you previously had a FaceTime call with someone, button and on the email address or phone number you used. appears on the FaceTime
Make a FaceTime call using Voice Control: Press and hold the Home button until the Voice Control screen appears and you hear a beep. Then say FaceTime, followed by the name of the person to call. If you had a previous FaceTime video call with someone, you can make another video call to that person by tapping the entry for that call in Recents. Previous FaceTime video calls are indicated by
. Chapter 5 Phone 65 When the voice call is established, you see the image from the other persons iPhone. A picture-in-picture window shows the image from your iPhone that the other person sees. You can drag the window to any corner. You can use FaceTime in portrait or landscape orientation. Video calls use the top microphone on iPhone. If you move away from your Wi-Fi network, or it otherwise becomes unavailable, youll get an option to redial the number for a voice call. Note: When you make a FaceTime video call, your phone number is displayed even if
Receive a FaceTime video call: Click Accept. Mute a FaceTime video call at the bottom of the screen. You can still hear and Tap see the caller. The caller can see, but not hear you. Switch between the front and main cameras Use another app during a FaceTime video call Tap at the bottom of the screen. button, then tap an app icon. You can Press the Home still talk, but wont see each other. To return to the video call, tap the green bar at the top of the screen. End a FaceTime video call Tap at the bottom of the screen.
In Settings, choose Phone and tap the FaceTime switch. FaceTime is on by default. You can also disable FaceTime in Restrictions. See Restrictions on page 196. 66 Chapter 5 Phone Using a Bluetooth Device for Calls You can make and receive calls using a Bluetooth device paired with iPhone. See Pairing a Bluetooth Device with iPhone on page 47. For information about using a Bluetooth device to make and receive calls, see the documentation that came with the device. Listen to calls through iPhone when a Bluetooth device is connected: Do one of the following:
Answer a call by tapping the iPhone screen. During a call, tap Audio on iPhone. Choose iPhone to hear calls through iPhone or Speaker Phone to use the speakerphone.
30 feet of a Bluetooth device for it to be connected to iPhone.
Emergency Calls If iPhone is locked with a passcode, you may still be able to make an emergency call. Make an emergency call when iPhone is locked: On the Enter Passcode screen, tap Emergency Call, then dial the number using the numeric keypad. In the U.S., location information (if available) is provided to emergency service providers when you dial 911. On a CDMA model, when an emergency call ends, iPhone enters Emergency call mode to allow a call back from emergency services. While in this mode, data transmission and text messages are blocked. Exit emergency call mode (CDMA model): Do one of the following:
Tap the back button. Press the Sleep/Wake or Home Use the keypad to dial a non-emergency number. button. Emergency call mode ends automatically after a few minutes, as determined by your carrier. Important: You should not rely on wireless devices for essential communications, such as medical emergencies. Use of any cellular phone to call emergency services may not work in all locations. Emergency numbers and services vary by country or region. Only emergency numbers valid in the country or region where youre making the call will work, and sometimes an emergency call cannot be placed due to network unavailability or environmental interference. Some cellular networks may not accept an emergency call from iPhone if it doesnt have a SIM card or if the SIM card is locked
(GSM models), or if you havent activated your iPhone. If youre on a FaceTime video call, you must end that call before you can call an emergency number. Chapter 5 Phone 67 Visual Voicemail On iPhone, visual voicemail lets you see a list of your messages and choose which ones to listen to or delete, without having to listen to instructions or prior messages. Note: Visual voicemail may not be available in all countries or regions, or may be an optional service. Contact your carrier for more information. If visual voicemail isnt available, tap Voicemail and follow the voice prompts to retrieve your messages.
Setting Up Voicemail
and record your voicemail greeting. Change your greeting:
1 Tap Voicemail, tap Greeting, then tap Custom. 2 Tap Record when youre ready to start. 3 To rerecord, repeat steps 2 and 3. 4 Tap Save. Use your carriers default greeting Tap Voicemail, tap Greeting, then tap Default. Set an alert sound for new voicemail In Settings, choose Sounds and turn New Voicemail on. The alert sounds once for each new voicemail. If the Ring/Silent
Change the voicemail password In Settings, choose Phone > Change Voicemail Password. Checking Voicemail When you tap Phone, iPhone shows the number of missed calls and unheard voicemail messages.
68 Chapter 5 Phone Tap Voicemail to see a list of your messages.
Listen to a message: Tap the message. (If youve already heard the message, tap the message again to replay it.) Use and Once you listen to a message, its saved until your carrier erases it. Check voicemail from another phone: Dial your own number or your carriers remote access number. to pause and resume playback. Deleting Messages Select a message, then tap Delete. Listen to a deleted message Undelete a message Delete messages permanently Tap Deleted Messages (at the end of the list), then tap the message. Tap Deleted Messages (at the end of the list), then tap the message and tap Undelete. Tap Deleted Messages (at the end of the list), then tap Clear All. Note: In some countries or regions, deleted visual voicemail messages may be permanently erased by your carrier. Getting Contact Information Visual voicemail saves the date and time of the call, the length of the message, and any available contact information. See a callers contact information: Tap You can use the information to email or text the caller, or update contact info. next to a message. Chapter 5 Phone 69 Contacts From a contacts Info screen, a quick tap lets you make a phone call, create a new email
Searching Contacts on page 214. Favorites Favorites gives you quick access to your most-used phone numbers. Add a contacts phone number to your favorites list: Tap Contacts and choose a contact. Then tap Add to Favorites and choose the phone number or email address you want to add. On iPhone 4, choose whether to save the favorite as a voice call or as a FaceTime call. If you save the contact as a FaceTime call, appears with the name in the favorites list. If someone already in your contacts calls you, you can add their name to favorites from the recents list. Add a contact to favorites from the recents list: Tap Recents and tap contacts name, then tap Add to Favorites. next to the Call a contact from your favorites Delete a contact from your favorites Reorder your favorites list Tap Favorites and choose a contact. If name, you can tap the name to make a FaceTime call. appears next to a Tap Favorites and tap Edit. Then tap number and tap Remove. next to a contact or Tap Favorites and tap Edit. Then drag to a new place in the list. next to a contact Call Forwarding, Call Waiting, and Caller ID iPhone supports call forwarding, call waiting, and caller ID. Call Forwarding
youre going to an area with no cellular coverage, you may want to forward calls to a number where you can be reached. Note: FaceTime calls are not forwarded. On GSM models, use the Call Forwarding setting to forward incoming calls to another number. Forward incoming calls (GSM models):
1 In Settings, choose Phone > Call Forwarding, then turn on Call Forwarding. 2 On the Forward to screen, enter the phone number you want calls forwarded to. Chapter 5 Phone 70 When Call Forwarding is on, the call forwarding (
(GSM models). You must be in range of the cellular network when you set iPhone to forward calls, or calls wont be forwarded.
) icon appears in the status bar
Turn on call forwarding (CDMA model): Enter *72 on the Phone keypad, followed by the number youre forwarding calls to, then tap Call.
Enter *73 on the Phone keypad, then tap Call. Call Waiting Call waiting lets you know if you receive another call when youre on the phone. You can ignore the incoming call, put the current call on hold and answer the incoming
youre on the phone, incoming calls go directly to voicemail.
In Settings, choose Phone > Call Waiting,
On a CDMA model, call waiting is on by default. You can disable call waiting for a call by entering a special code before dialing the number. Disable call waiting during a call (CDMA model): Enter *70, then dial the number. To disable call waiting for a subsequent call, you must again enter *70 before dialing the number. Caller ID Caller ID displays your name or phone number to the person you call, if the recipients equipment has that capability and you havent blocked caller ID on your phone service. Note: When you make a FaceTime call, your phone number is displayed even if caller ID
In Settings, choose Phone > Show My Caller ID,
On a CDMA model, caller ID is on by default. You can block your ID for a call youre making by entering a special code before dialing the number. Disable caller ID for a call (CDMA model): Enter *67, then dial the number. Chapter 5 Phone 71 Ringtones and the Ring/Silent Switch iPhone comes with ringtones you can use for incoming calls, Clock alarms, and the Clock timer. You can also purchase ringtones from songs in iTunes. Ring/Silent Switch and Vibrate Modes
Flip the switch on the side of iPhone.
Important: Clock alarms still sound even if you set the Ring/Silent switch to silent. Set iPhone to vibrate: In Settings, choose Sounds. Separate controls let you set vibrate for both ring mode and silent mode. For more information, see Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch on page 191. Setting Ringtones You can set the default ringtone for calls, and for Clock alarms and timers. You can also assign individual ringtones to contacts so you know whos calling. Set the default ringtone: In Settings, choose Sounds > Ringtone, then choose a ringtone. Assign a ringtone to a contact: From Phone, tap Contacts and choose a contact. Tap Edit, then tap Ringtone and choose a ringtone. Purchasing Ringtones You can purchase ringtones from the iTunes Store on iPhone. See Purchasing Ringtones on page 169. 72 Chapter 5 Phone International Calls Making International Calls from Your Home Area For information about making international calls from your home area, including rates and other charges that may apply, contact your carrier or go to your carriers website. Using iPhone Abroad You may be able to use iPhone to make calls in other countries around the world, depending on available networks. Enable international roaming: Contact your carrier for information about availability and fees. Important: Voice and data roaming charges may apply. To avoid data roaming charges,
In Settings, choose General > Network, then tap to turn Data
your carriers network by disabling data transmission over the cellular network. You can still access the Internet if you have a Wi-Fi connection. If Wi-Fi network access isnt available, however, you cannot:
Make or receive FaceTime video calls Send or receive email Browse the Internet Sync your contacts, calendars, or bookmarks with MobileMe or Exchange Stream YouTube videos Get stock quotes Get map locations Get weather reports Purchase music or apps Other third-party apps that use data roaming may also be disabled.
receive text messages. Voice roaming charges may apply. Visual voicemail is delivered if theres no charge; if your carrier charges for delivery of visual voicemail when
Important: If Data Roaming is turned on, you may incur charges when roaming outside your carriers network for the use of any of the features listed above, as well as for delivery of visual voicemail. Check with your carrier for information about roaming charges. Chapter 5 Phone 73
In Settings, choose General > Network, then tap the Cellular
In Settings, tap Phone, then turn International Assist on. This lets you make calls to your home country using the numbers in your contacts and favorites, without having to add a
When you make a call using International Assist, International Assist appears on the iPhone screen, alternating with the calling message, until your call is connected. Note: International Assist may not be available in all areas. Set the carrier to use: In Settings, tap Carrier, then select the carrier you prefer. This option is available only when youre traveling outside your carriers network. You can make calls only on carriers that have roaming agreements with your iPhone service provider. For more information, see Carrier on page 190. Get voicemail when visual voicemail isnt available: Dial your own number (on a CDMA model, dial your number followed by #), or touch and hold 1 on the numeric keypad.
access to the Internet, while preventing voice roaming charges.
In Settings, tap Airplane Mode to turn it on, then tap Wi-Fi and turn Wi-Fi on. See Airplane Mode on page 187. Incoming phone calls are sent to voicemail. To make and receive calls again and get
74 Chapter 5 Phone Mail 6 Mail works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular email systemsincluding Yahoo!, Google, and AOLas well as other industry-standard POP3 and IMAP email systems. You can send and receive photos, videos, and graphics, and view PDFs and other attachments. You can also print messages, and attachments that open in Quick Look. Setting Up Email Accounts You can set up email accounts on iPhone in either of the following ways:
Set up an account directly on iPhone. See Accounts on page 25. In iTunes, use the iPhone settings panes to sync email accounts settings from your computer. See iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes on page 54. Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar
75 Checking and Reading Email The Mail icon on the Home screen shows the number of unread messages in your inboxes. You may have other unread messages in other mailboxes.
In Mail, the Mailboxes screen gives you quick access to all your inboxes and other mailboxes. Tap an inbox to see the incoming messages for that account. To see incoming messages for all your accounts, tap All Inboxes. If only one mail account is set up, only that inbox appears on the Mailboxes screen.
When you open a mailbox, Mail retrieves and displays the most recent messages, and shows the number of unread messages at the top of the screen. Unread messages have a blue dot your Mail settings. See Mail on page 204. next to them. The number of messages retrieved is determined by If you organize messages by thread, related messages appear as a single entry in the mailbox. Message threads have a number next to the right arrow, showing the number of messages in the thread. A blue dot indicates that one or more messages in the thread are unread. The message displayed is the oldest unread message, or the most recent message if all the messages are read.
See messages in a thread: Tap the thread in the mailbox. Read a message: Tap a message. Within a message, tap previous message. or to see the next or 76 Chapter 6 Mail
In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars,
Mail on page 204. If you set up more than one account, the Accounts section of the Mailboxes screen lets you access your accounts. Tap an account to see its folders and mailboxes, including its inbox. If only one account is set up, the folders and mailboxes for that account appear on the Mailboxes screen.
Check for new messages: Choose a mailbox, or tap Load additional messages: Scroll to the bottom of the list of messages and tap Load More Messages. at any time. Zoom in on part of a message Double-tap an area of the message. Double-tap again to zoom out. Or pinch apart or together to zoom in or out.
the screen See all the recipients of a message Add an email recipient to your contacts list Mark a message as unread Double-tap the text. Tap Details. Tap a name or email address to see the recipients contact information. Then tap a phone number, email address, or text message to contact the person. Tap Hide to hide the recipients. Tap the message and, if necessary, tap Details to see the recipients. Then tap a name or email address and tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. Open the message and tap Mark as Unread. A blue dot list until you open it again. appears next to the message in the mailbox Open a meeting invitation: Tap the invitation. Chapter 6 Mail 77 You can get contact information for the organizer and other invitees, set an alert, add notes to the event, and add comments that are included in your response emailed to the organizer. You can accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation. See Responding to Meeting Invitations on page 114.
In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Fetch New Data,
Fetch New Data on page 203. Using Links and Detected Data iPhone detects web links, phone numbers, email addresses, and other types of information that you can use to open a webpage, make a phone call, create a preaddressed email message, create or add information to a contact, or perform some other useful action. Detected data appears as blue underlined text. Tap the data to use its default action, or touch and hold it to see other actions. Link or image Phone number Address Email address Tap to open the webpage in Safari. Touch and hold to:
Open the webpage in Safari
Copy the link Tap the number, then tap Call to dial the number. Touch and hold to:
Dial the number
Send a text message
Create a new contact with the number
Add the number to an existing contact Tap to display the location in Maps. Touch and hold to:
Display the location in Maps
Create a new contact with the address
Add the address to an existing contact
Copy the address Tap to create a new preaddressed email message. Touch and hold to:
Create a new email message
Create a new contact with the address
Add the address to an existing contact
Copy the address Day, date, or time Tap the item, then tap Create Event to create an event in Calendar. Tracking number (may not be available in all countries or regions) Tap to open the shippers webpage for the status of a package. 78 Chapter 6 Mail Viewing Attachments iPhone displays image attachments in many commonly used formats (JPEG, GIF, and TIFF) inline with the text in email messages. iPhone can play many types of audio
PowerPoint documents) that are attached to messages you receive.
Tap the attachment to open it in Quick Look.
of the message in a dotted box with the document name).
(if it appears at the end
You can view attachments in portrait or landscape orientation.
.doc
.docx
.htm
.html
.key Microsoft Word Microsoft Word (XML) webpage webpage
.numbers Numbers
.pages Pages
.ppt
.pptx
.rtf
.txt
.vcf
.xls
.xlsx Preview, Adobe Acrobat Microsoft PowerPoint Microsoft PowerPoint (XML) Rich Text Format text contact information Microsoft Excel Microsoft Excel (XML) Chapter 6 Mail 79
Touch and hold the attachment, then choose an app. If no apps are available, you can open the attachment in Quick Look. Save an attached photo to your Camera Roll album: Tap the photo, then tap Save
Save an attached video to your Camera Roll album: Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Save Video. If the video hasnt been downloaded yet, tap the download
Printing Messages and Attachments You can print email messages, and attachments that can be viewed in Quick Look. Print an email message: Tap then set printer options such as number of copies and double-sided output (if the printer supports it). Then tap Print.
, then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, To print an inline image without the rest of the email message, save the image (tap the image and tap Save Image), then open Photos or Camera and print the image from your Camera Roll album. Print an attachment: Tap the attachment to view it in Quick Look, then tap tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, then set printer options such as the range of pages, number of copies, and double-sided output (if the printer supports it). Then tap Print. and For more information, see Printing on page 41. 80 Chapter 6 Mail Sending Email You can send an email message to anyone who has an email address. Compose and send a message:
. 1 Tap 2 to add a name from your contacts. As you type an email address, matching email addresses from your contacts list appear below. Tap an address to add it. To add more names, tap Return or Note: If youre composing a message from your Microsoft Exchange account and have access to your enterprise Global Address List (GAL), matching addresses from the
. 3 Tap Cc/Bcc/From if you want to copy or blind copy the message to others, or change the account you send the message from. If you have more than one email account,
change the account or alias youre sending from. 4 Enter a subject, then your message.
5 Tap Send. Send a photo or video in an email message Paste and send a photo or video in an email message In Photos, choose a photo or video, tap
, then tap Email Photo or Email Video. You can also copy and paste photos and videos. To send multiple photos or videos, tap thumbnails in an album. Tap to select the photos and videos, tap Share, then tap Email. while viewing In Photos, touch and hold a photo or video until the Copy command appears. Tap Copy. Go to Mail and create a new message. Tap to place the insertion point where you want the video, then tap the insertion point to display the edit commands and tap Paste. To copy multiple videos, in Photos, open an album, tap tap to select photos and videos, then tap Copy.
, Save a draft of a message to complete later Tap Cancel, then tap Save. The message is saved in the Drafts mailbox. Open the most recently saved draft Reply to a message Touch and hold from the last account you were working in. to open the most recently saved draft
. Tap Reply to reply only to the sender or tap Reply Tap All to reply to the sender and all recipients. Type your return message, then tap Send. Files or images attached to the initial message arent sent back. Chapter 6 Mail 81 Forward a message Share contact information
, then tap Forward. Add one or Open a message and tap more email addresses, type your message, then tap Send.
images attached to the original message. In Contacts, choose a contact, tap Share Contact at the bottom of the Info screen, then tap Email. Organizing Email You can organize messages in any mailbox, folder, or search results window. You can delete messages one at a time, or select a group to delete all at once. You can also move messages from one mailbox or folder to another in the same account or
Delete a message: Open the message and tap You can also delete a message directly from the mailbox message list by swiping left or right over the message title, then tapping Delete.
Note: For Google accounts, tap Archive. Messages arent deleted, but are moved to your account archive. 82 Chapter 6 Mail Delete multiple messages: When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the messages you want to delete, then tap Delete. Move a message to another mailbox or folder: When viewing a message, tap choose a mailbox or folder. Tap Accounts to choose a mailbox or folder for another account. Move multiple messages: When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the messages you want to move, then tap Move and choose a mailbox or folder.
, then Chapter 6 Mail 83 Searching Email
downloaded messages in the currently open mailbox. For MobileMe, Exchange, and some IMAP mail accounts, you can also search messages on the server. Search email messages: Open a mailbox, scroll to the top, and enter text in the Search
Search results for the messages already downloaded to iPhone appear automatically as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. Search messages on the server: Tap Continue Search on Server at the end of the search results. Note: Search results of messages on servers may vary depending on the type of account. Some servers may search only whole words. Mail messages are included in searches from the Home screen. See Searching on page 43. 84 Chapter 6 Mail Safari 7 Safari lets you surf the web and view webpages on iPhone as if you were on your computer. Create bookmarks on iPhone and sync them with your computer. Add web clips to quickly access your favorite sites directly from the Home screen. Print webpages, PDFs, and other documents that open in Quick Look. Viewing Webpages You can view webpages in either portrait or landscape orientation. Rotate iPhone and
85 Opening Webpages Open a webpage:
As you type, web addresses that start with those letters appear. These are bookmarked
if you want to enter a web address thats not in the list.
. Zooming and Scrolling Zoom in or out: Double-tap a column on a webpage to expand the column. Double-tap again to zoom out. You can also pinch to zoom in or out manually. Scroll around a webpage Scroll within a frame on a webpage Drag up, down, or sideways. When scrolling, you can touch and drag anywhere on the page without activating any links.
Scroll quickly to the top of a webpage Tap the status bar at the top of the iPhone screen. Navigating Webpages Links on webpages typically take you to another place on the web. Follow a link on a webpage: Tap the link. You can also use web links to make a phone call, display a location in Maps, play streaming audio, or create a preaddressed Mail message. To return to Safari after a link opens another app, press the Home button and tap Safari. See a links destination address Touch and hold the link. The address pops up next to your
link. Stop a webpage from loading Reload a webpage Tap Tap
. 86 Chapter 7 Safari Return to the previous or next page Tap or at the bottom of the screen. Return to a recently viewed page Tap and tap History. To clear the history list, tap Clear. Create a preaddressed Mail message Touch and hold an email web link, then tap New Message. Create a new or add to an existing contact Touch and hold a web link containing contact information, then tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. Send a webpage URL via email Tap and tap Mail Link to this Page. Save an image or photo to your Camera Roll album View a webpage video on an Apple TV Touch and hold the image, then tap Save Image. and choose Apple TV. doesnt appear or if you dont see the Apple TV youre Start playing the video, then tap If looking for, make sure iPhone is on the same wireless network.
and choose iPhone from the list. Opening Multiple Pages You can have up to eight pages open at a time. Some links automatically open a new page instead of replacing the current one. The number inside the open. If theres no number inside, just one page is open. For example:
at the bottom of the screen shows how many pages are
= one page is open
= three pages are open Open a new page: Tap Go to another page: Tap and tap New Page.
Close a page: Tap and tap
. Chapter 7 Safari 87 Entering Text and Filling Out Forms
information from Contacts. See Safari on page 208. Bring up the keyboard
Submit a form
pages also have a link you can tap to submit the form. Close the keyboard without submitting the form Tap Done.
In Settings, choose Safari > AutoFill, then do one of the following:
To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, then choose My Info and select the contact you want to use.
To use information from names and passwords, turn Names & Passwords on. When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you
To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All. Searching
current webpage. As you type, suggested and recent searches appear. Search the web:
1 2 Type a word or phrase that describes what youre looking for, then tap a suggestion from the list or tap Search. 3 Tap a link in the list of search results to open a webpage. Find the search word or phrase on the current webpage: Scroll to the bottom of the
By default, Safari searches using Google. You can use other search engines.
In Settings, choose Safari >
88 Chapter 7 Safari Printing Webpages, PDFs, and Other Documents You can print webpages, PDFs, and other documents that open in Quick Look from Safari. Print a webpage, PDF, or Quick Look document: Tap Printer to select a printer, then set printer options such as number of copies and double-sided output (if the printer supports it). If youre printing a PDF or other Quick Look document, you may be able to set the range of pages you want to print. Then tap Print.
, then tap Print. Tap Select For more information, see Printing on page 41. Viewing Web Videos on a TV You can view QuickTime and other supported web videos on a TV by connecting iPhone to your TV or AV receiver using an Apple Component AV Cable, Apple Composite AV Cable, Apple VGA Adapter, or Apple Digital AV Adapter (iPhone 4), or wirelessly using AirPlay and Apple TV. See Watching Videos on a TV on page 102. Bookmarks You can bookmark webpages you want to return to later. Bookmark a webpage: Open the page and tap When you save a bookmark you can edit its title. By default, bookmarks are saved at the top level of Bookmarks. Tap Bookmarks to choose another folder. Then tap Add Bookmark. If you use Safari on a Mac, or Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on a PC, you can sync bookmarks with the web browser on your computer. Sync bookmarks with your computer:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list. 3 Click Info at the top of the screen, select Sync bookmarks under Other, then click Apply. See iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes on page 54. Sync bookmarks with MobileMe: In Settings on iPhone, select Bookmarks in your MobileMe account. See Setting Up MobileMe Accounts on page 26. Open a bookmarked webpage: Tap see the bookmarks inside.
, then choose a bookmark or tap a folder to Chapter 7 Safari 89
, choose the folder that has the Edit a bookmark or bookmark folder: Tap bookmark or folder you want to edit, then tap Edit. Then do one of the following:
To make a new folder, tap New Folder.
To delete a bookmark or folder, tap
To reposition a bookmark or folder, drag
tap the bookmark or folder.
, then tap Delete.
Web Clips Add web clips to the Home screen for fast access to your favorite webpages. Web clips appear as icons on the Home screen, and you can arrange your web clips along with the other icons. See Customizing the Home Screen on page 33. Add a web clip: Open the webpage and tap When you open a web clip, Safari automatically zooms and scrolls to the area of the webpage that was displayed when you saved the web clip. The displayed area is also used to create the icon for the web clip on your Home screen, unless the webpage comes with its own custom icon. When you add a web clip, you can edit its name. If the name is too long (more than about 10 characters), it may appear abbreviated on the Home screen. Web clips arent bookmarks, and arent synced by MobileMe or iTunes. Then tap Add to Home Screen. Delete a web clip:
1 Touch and hold any icon on the Home screen until the icons start to jiggle. 2 Tap 3 Tap Delete, then press the Home in the corner of the web clip you want to delete. button to save your arrangement. 90 Chapter 7 Safari iPod 8 Use the iPod app to enjoy your favorite music, widescreen videos, and more. Browse your content on iPhone by playlists, artists, songs, videos, or other categories, or browse your album artwork using Cover Flow. Play your music on AirPlay speakers or sound systems, or watch your videos on a TV using AirPlay and Apple TV. Getting Music, Videos, and More There are two ways to get music, videos, and other content onto iPhone:
Transfer music, videos, and more onto iPhone by syncing content from iTunes on
videos, podcasts, and iTunes U collections. See Syncing with iTunes on page 53. Use the iTunes Store on iPhone to purchase and download songs, albums, TV shows, movies, music videos, ringtones, and audiobooks directly to iPhone. You can also stream and download audio and video podcasts, as well as iTunes U content. After listening to a podcast or watching a TV show, you can tap a built-in link to get more episodes from the iTunes Store. See Chapter 22, iTunes Store, on page 165.
Music and Other Audio The high-resolution Multi-Touch display makes listening to songs on iPhone as much a visual experience as a musical one. You can scroll through your playlists, or use Cover Flow to browse your album artwork. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone. 91 Playing Songs and Other Audio You can browse content on iPhone by playlists, artists, songs, videos, and other categories, or browse your album artwork using Cover Flow. Playlist folders, which you can sync from iTunes, let you organize playlists into groups. Browse your collection: Tap Playlists, Artists, or Songs. Tap More to browse Albums, Audiobooks, Compilations, Composers, Genres, iTunes U, Podcasts, or Videos. You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you use more frequently. See Changing the Browse Buttons on page 105. Get more podcast episodes: tap a podcast to see a list of episodes. Tap Get More Episodes to see a list of more episodes in the iTunes Store. Browse Genius Mixes: doesnt appear, you need to turn on Genius in iTunes, and then sync iPhone with iTunes. See Using Genius on iPhone on page 98. Play a song: Tap the song.
change to another song.
Music on page 210. Controlling Audio Playback When you play a song, the Now Playing screen appears.
92 Chapter 8 iPod Pause a song Resume playback Raise or lower the volume Play music on AirPlay speakers or Apple TV Tap
, or press the center button on the iPhone earphones. Tap
, or press the center button on the iPhone earphones. Drag the volume slider or use the buttons on the side of iPhone. You can also use the volume buttons on the iPhone earphones.
, then choose the speakers or Apple TV. If Tap doesnt appear or if you dont see the AirPlay system youre looking for, make sure iPhone is on the same wireless network. Switch from AirPlay back to iPhone Restart a song or a chapter in an audiobook or podcast Tap Tap and choose iPhone from the list. Skip to the next song or chapter in an audiobook or podcast
, or press the center button on the iPhone earphones Tap twice quickly. Go to the previous song or chapter in an audiobook or podcast twice, or press the center button on the iPhone Tap earphones three times quickly. Rewind or fast-forward or
. The longer you hold the control, Touch and hold the faster the song rewinds or fast-forwards. On the iPhone earphones, press the center button twice quickly and hold to fast forward, or three times quickly and hold to rewind. Return to the iPod browse lists Tap
, or swipe to the right over the album artwork. Return to the Now Playing screen Tap Now Playing. Display a songs lyrics Tap the album artwork when playing a song. (Lyrics appear if youve added them to the song using the songs Info window in iTunes.) Display audio playback controls from another app or from the Lock screen: Double-
click the Home
The controls operate the currently playing app, or the most recent app that played, if the audio is paused. The icon for the active app appears on the right. You can tap the icon to open the app. If iPhone is locked and music is playing, double-click the Home button. Chapter 8 iPod 93 Additional Audio Controls To display additional controls, tap the album artwork on the Now Playing screen.
see elapsed time, remaining time, and the song number. The songs lyrics also appear, if youve added them to the song in iTunes. Use the scrubber bar to skip to any point along the timeline. You can adjust the scrub
along the scrubber bar.
Set iPhone to repeat songs Skip to any point in a song Tell your Ping followers you like a song Make a Genius playlist Tap
. Tap current song. again to set iPhone to repeat only the
= iPhone is set to repeat all songs in the current album or list.
= iPhone is set to repeat the current song over and over.
= iPhone isnt set to repeat songs.
down to adjust the scrub rate. The scrub rate becomes
Tap
.
= Youve already said that you like this song. The Genius playlist appears, with buttons that let Tap you create a new Genius playlist, refresh the current one, or save the playlist. See Using Genius on iPhone on page 98. Post a Ping comment about a song
Tap Tap
. Tap again to set iPhone to play songs in order.
album, or other list of songs
= iPhone is set to play songs in order.
the top of a list of songs, iPhone plays the songs from that list in random order. Hide lyrics
94 Chapter 8 iPod Podcast and Audiobook Controls Additional controls and information appear on the Now Playing screen when you begin playback. The email, 30-second repeat, and playback speed controls appear along with the scrubber bar. You can see elapsed time, remaining time, and the episode or chapter number. Use the scrubber bar to skip to any point along the timeline. You can adjust the scrub
along the scrubber bar.
Send an email link to this podcast Tap
. Skip to any point
down to adjust the scrub rate. The scrub rate becomes
Play back the last 30 seconds Tap
. Set the playback speed Tap
. Tap again to change the speed.
= Play at double speed.
= Play at half speed.
= Play at normal speed. Show or hide the controls Tap in the center of the screen. Hide podcast information
Using Voice Control with iPod You can use Voice Control to control music playback on iPhone. Note: Voice Control may not be available in all languages. Use Voice Control: Press and hold the Home button until the Voice Control screen appears and you hear a beep. Then use the commands described below to play songs. You can also press and hold the center button on the iPhone earphones to bring up Voice Control. Chapter 8 iPod 95 Control music playback Play an album, artist, or playlist Say play or play music. To pause, say pause or pause music. You can also say next song or previous song. Say play, then say album, artist, or playlist and the name.
Find out more about the currently playing song Say whats playing, what song is this, who sings this song, or who is this song by. Use Genius to play similar songs Say Genius, play more like this, or play more songs like this. Cancel Voice Control Say cancel or stop. Browsing Album Artwork in Cover Flow When youre browsing music, you can rotate iPhone sideways to see your iTunes content in Cover Flow and browse your music by album artwork. Browse album artwork Drag left or right. See the tracks on an album Tap the album artwork or
. 96 Chapter 8 iPod Play any track Tap the track. Drag up or down to scroll through the tracks. Return to the artwork Tap the title bar. Or tap again. Play or pause the current song or Tap iPhone earphones. You can also press the center button on the Viewing All Tracks on an Album See all the tracks on the album that contains the current song: On the Now Playing screen, tap
. Tap a track to play it. Tap the album artwork thumbnail to return to the Now Playing screen.
In track list view, you can assign ratings to songs. You can use ratings to create smart playlists in iTunes that dynamically update to include, for example, your highest rated songs. Rate a song: Searching Audio Content You can search the titles, artists, albums, and composers of songs, podcasts, and other content youve synced to iPhone. Search music: or other view of your iPod content. (Tap the status bar to scroll quickly to the top of a
Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. Audio content is included in searches from the Home screen. See Searching on page 43. Chapter 8 iPod 97 Using Genius on iPhone
collection of songs that are picked for you to go with a song you choose from your library. A Genius Mix is a selection of songs of the same kind of music. Genius Mixes are recreated each time you listen to them, so theyre always new and fresh. You can create Genius playlists in iTunes and sync them to iPhone. You can also create and save Genius playlists directly on iPhone.
mixes depending on the variety of music you have in your iTunes library. For example, you may have Genius Mixes that highlight R&B songs, or Alternative Rock songs.
Genius Mixes are synced automatically, unless you manually manage your music and choose which mixes you want to sync in iTunes. Genius is a free service, but it requires an Apple ID. When you sync a Genius Mix, iTunes may select and sync songs from your library that
Browse Genius Mixes: of dots at the bottom of the screen shows the number of mixes youve synced from iTunes, and indicates which mix youre viewing. Flick left or right to access your other mixes. Play a Genius Mix: Tap the mix or tap
. Make a Genius playlist on iPhone:
1 2 Tap a song in the list. Genius creates a playlist with additional songs that go great with that song. 98 Chapter 8 iPod
. You can also make a Genius playlist of songs that go great with the song youre playing. Tap the album artwork on the Now Playing screen to display additional controls, then tap Save a Genius playlist: In the playlist, tap Save. The playlist is saved in Playlists with the title of the song you picked. You can make and save as many Genius playlists as you want. If you save a Genius playlist created on iPhone, it syncs back to iTunes the next time you connect. Refresh a Genius playlist: In the playlist, tap Refresh.
you picked. You can refresh any Genius playlist, whether it was created in iTunes and synced to iPhone, or created directly on iPhone.
Tap Genius Playlist, then tap New and pick a song. Delete a saved Genius playlist: Tap the Genius playlist, then tap Delete. Once a Genius playlist is synced back to iTunes, you wont be able to delete it directly from iPhone. You can use iTunes to edit the playlist name, stop syncing, or delete the playlist. Creating Playlists You can create and edit your own playlists on iPhone. You can also edit playlists synced from iTunes on your computer. Create a playlist:
1 2 Type a name for your playlist, then tap Save. 3 Browse for songs using the buttons at the bottom of the screen. Tap any song or video to add it to the playlist. Tap Add All Songs at the top of any list of songs to add all the songs in the list. 4 When you make a playlist and then sync iPhone to your computer, the playlist is synced to your iTunes library. Edit a playlist:
1 2 Tap Edit, then do one of the following:
To move a song higher or lower in the list, drag
To delete a song from the playlist, tap next to the song. next to a song, then tap Delete. Deleting a song from a playlist doesnt delete it from iPhone.
To add more songs, tap
. 3 Chapter 8 iPod 99 When you edit a playlist and then sync iPhone to your computer, the playlist is synced to your iTunes library. Delete a playlist: In Playlists, tap the playlist you want to delete, then tap Delete (scroll
Clear a playlist: In Playlists, tap the playlist you want to clear, then tap Clear (scroll to
Videos With iPhone, you can view video content such as movies, music videos, and video podcasts. If a video contains chapters, you can skip to the next or previous chapter, or bring up a list and start playing at any chapter that you choose. If a video provides alternate language features, you can choose an audio language or display subtitles. Playing Videos Play a video: Display playback controls: Tap the screen to show the controls. Tap again to hide them. Get more podcast or TV show episodes: visible), then tap a podcast or TV show to see a list of episodes. Tap Get More Episodes to see a list of more episodes in the iTunes Store. Controlling Video Playback Videos play in landscape orientation to take full advantage of the widescreen display. The scrubber bar lets you skip to any point along the timeline. You can adjust the scrub
100 Chapter 8 iPod Pause a video Resume playback Raise or lower the volume Tap
, or press the center button on the iPhone earphones. Tap
, or press the center button on the iPhone earphones. Drag the volume slider. You can also use the volume buttons on the iPhone earphones. Switch from AirPlay back to iPhone Tap and choose iPhone from the list. Skip to the next chapter (if available)
, or press the center button on the iPhone earphones Tap twice quickly. Go to the previous chapter
(if available)
, or press the center button on the iPhone earphones Tap three times quickly.
(if available) Tap
, then choose a chapter from the list. Rewind or fast-forward Touch and hold or
. Skip to any point in a video Stop watching a video before it
the screen
down to adjust the scrub rate. The scrub rate becomes
Tap Done. Or press the Home button. to make
Tap
screen, you may see black bars on the sides or above and below the video. Select an alternate audio language
(if available) Show or hide subtitles (if available) Tap
, then choose a language from the Audio list.
Tap Subtitles list. Searching for Videos You can search the titles of movies, TV shows, and video podcasts youve synced to iPhone. Search for a video: Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. Video content is included in searches from the Home screen. See Searching on page 43. Chapter 8 iPod 101 Watching Rented Movies and TV Shows You can rent movies from the iTunes Store and watch them on iPhone. You can download rented movies and TV shows directly to iPhone, or transfer movies from iTunes on your computer to iPhone. (Rented movies and TV shows may not be available in all countries or regions.) See Purchasing or Renting Videos on page 170. A movie or TV show must be completely downloaded before you can start watching it. You can pause a download and resume it later. Rented movies and TV shows expire after a certain time, and once you start a movie or
appears near the title. Rented items are automatically deleted when they expire. Before renting a movie or TV show, check the iTunes Store for the rental period. View a rented movie or TV show: Videos isnt visible), then select the movie or TV show. On iPhone 3GS, you can transfer rented movies between iPhone and your computer. On iPhone 4, you can transfer rented movies between iPhone and your computer only if they were rented in iTunes on your computer. Movies rented on iPhone 4 cant be transferred to your computer. Transfer a rented movie between iPhone and your computer:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Movies. 3 Click Move next to the item you want to transfer, then click Apply. Your computer must be connected to the Internet. Watching Videos on a TV You can watch iPod videos on your TV, using any of the following:
Apple Component AV Cable Apple Composite AV Cable Apple Digital AV Adapter and an HDMI cable (iPhone 4) Apple VGA Adapter and a VGA cable
You can also stream iPod videos wirelessly to your TV using AirPlay and Apple TV. Note: Apple cables, adapters, and docks are available for purchase separately. Go to www.apple.com/ipodstore (may not be available in all countries or regions) or check with your local Apple retailer. 102 Chapter 8 iPod Connect using an AV cable: Use the Apple Component AV Cable, Apple Composite AV Cable, or other authorized iPhone-compatible cable. You can also use these cables with the Apple Universal Dock to connect iPhone to your TV. The Apple Universal Dock includes a remote that lets you control playback from a distance. Connect using an Apple Digital AV Adapter (iPhone 4): Attach the Apple Digital AV Adapter to the iPhone Dock connector. Use an HDMI cable to connect the HDMI port of the adapter to your TV or receiver. To keep iPhone charged while watching videos, use an Apple Dock Connector to USB Cable to connect the 30-pin port of the adapter to your computer, or to a USB Power Adapter plugged into a power outlet. Connect using a VGA Adapter: Attach the VGA Adapter to the iPhone Dock connector. Connect the VGA Adapter with a VGA cable to a compatible TV, projector, or VGA display. Stream videos using AirPlay: Start video playback, then tap and choose Apple TV from the list. If devices, make sure its on the same wireless network as iPhone. To return playback to iPhone, tap doesnt appear or if you dont see Apple TV in the list of AirPlay again and choose iPhone from the list. Converting Videos for iPhone You can add videos other than those purchased from the iTunes Store to iPhone, such as videos you create in iMovie on a Mac, or videos you download from the Internet and then add to iTunes. If you try to add a video from iTunes to iPhone and a message says the video cant play on iPhone, you can convert the video. Convert a video to work with iPhone: Select the video in your iTunes library and choose Advanced > Create iPod or iPhone Version. Then add the converted video to iPhone. Deleting Videos from iPhone You can delete videos from iPhone to save space. Delete a video: In the videos list, swipe left or right over the video, then tap Delete. Deleting a video from iPhone (other than a rented movie or TV show) doesnt delete the video from your iTunes library. It may reappear on iPhone if the video in iTunes is still set to sync. Important: If you delete a rented movie or TV show from iPhone, its deleted permanently and cannot be transferred back to your computer. Chapter 8 iPod 103 Home Sharing Home Sharing (iOS 4.3) lets you play music, movies, and TV shows on iPhone from the iTunes library on your Mac or PC. Note: Home Sharing requires iTunes 10.2 or later, available at www.itunes.com/download. Bonus content, such as digital booklets and iTunes Extras, cant be shared. iPhone and your computer must be on the same Wi-Fi network. On your computer, iTunes must be open, with Home Sharing turned on and logged in to the same Apple account as Home Sharing on iPhone. Play music or video on iPhone from your iTunes library:
1 In iTunes on your Mac or PC, choose Advanced > Turn On Home Sharing. Enter your Apple ID and password, then click Create Home Share. 2 In Settings, choose iPod then, under Home Sharing, enter the same Apple ID and password you used when turning on Home Sharing in iTunes. 3 In iPod, tap More, then tap Shared and choose your iTunes library. The Playlists, Artists, Songs, and other tabs in iPod now show the content of your iTunes library, instead of your iPhone content. Return to content on your iPhone: In iPod, tap More, then tap Shared and choose iPhone at the top of the list. Setting a Sleep Timer You can set iPhone to stop playing music or videos after a period of time. Set a sleep timer: number of hours and minutes. Tap When Timer Ends and choose Sleep iPod, tap Set, then tap Start to start the timer. When the timer ends, iPhone stops playing music or video, closes any other open app, and then locks itself. 104 Chapter 8 iPod Changing the Browse Buttons You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you use more frequently. For example, if you often listen to podcasts, you can replace the Songs button with Podcasts. Change the browse buttons: Tap More and tap Edit, then drag a button to the bottom of the screen, over the button you want to replace. You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them.
Chapter 8 iPod 105 Messages 9 Sending and Receiving Messages WARNING: For important information about driving safely, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone. Messages lets you exchange text messages with anyone using an SMS-capable phone or other device. Messages also supports MMS, so you can send photos, video clips, contact information, and voice memos to other MMS-capable devices. You can enter multiple addressees to send one message to several people. Note: SMS or MMS support may not be available in all countries or regions. Additional fees may apply for use of Messages. Contact your carrier for more information. The Messages icon on the Home screen shows the number of unread messages you have.
You can use Messages whenever youre in range of the cellular network. If you can make a call, you can send a message. Depending on your phone plan, you may be charged for the messages you send or receive. Send a message: Tap and choose a
and tap Send.
, then enter a phone number or name, or tap 106 If the message cant be sent (if youre out of cellular network range, for example), an alert badge appears on the Messages icon on the Home screen. If Messages is in a folder, the alert badge appears on the folder.
Your conversations are saved in the Messages list. Conversations that contain unread messages have a blue dot conversation or add to it. next to them. Tap a conversation in the list to see the
iPhone displays the 50 most recent messages in the conversation. To see earlier messages, scroll to the top and tap Load Earlier Messages. Group messaging (not available in all countries and regions) lets you send a message to multiple recipients. Send a message to a group of people: Tap
, then add recipients. If you enter a phone number manually (instead of selecting it from Contacts), tap Return before entering another entry. Note: Check to make sure Group Messaging in Settings > Messages is turned on. Replies from any of the recipients are sent only to you, not to the other people you texted. Reply or send a message to a person or group youve texted: Tap an entry in the Messages list, then type a new message in the conversation and tap Send. Chapter 9 Messages 107 Send a message to a favorite or to a recent call:
1 Tap Phone on the Home screen, then tap Favorites or Recents. 2 Tap 3 If multiple phone numbers appear, tap the one you want to text. next to a name or number, then tap Text Message. When MMS is available, Messages allows you to include a subject in your text messages.
In Settings, tap Messages, then tap Show Subject Field. Note: supported by your carrier.
In Settings, tap Messages, then tap the Character Count switch. The character count includes all charactersincluding spaces, punctuation, and returnsand appears as you type when your message exceeds two lines. You may want to count characters, for example, when carrier fees apply. Note: a photo or video.
In Settings, tap Messages, then tap MMS Messaging.
attachments when fees apply. Note: The MMS Messaging setting doesnt appear if MMS isnt supported by your carrier. Searching Messages You can search the content of messages in the Messages list. Search the Messages list:
Messages are included in searches from the Home screen. See Searching on page 43. Sharing Photos and Videos You can take a photo or video from within Messages and include it in your conversation with another MMS-capable device. You can save photos or videos you receive in Messages to your Camera Roll album. If MMS isnt supported by your carrier, or videos. Send a photo or video: Tap and then select an item from a photo album and tap Choose. doesnt appear and you cant send photos
. Then tap Take Photo or Video, or tap Choose Existing 108 Chapter 9 Messages The size limit of attachments is determined by your carrier. If necessary, iPhone may compress the photo or video. To learn about taking photos and videos, see Chapter 12, Camera, on page 125. Save a photo or video attachment to your Camera Roll album: Tap the photo or video in the conversation, tap Copy a photo or video: Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Copy. You can paste the photo or video to an Mail message or another MMS message.
, then tap Save Image or Save Video. Sending Voice Memos You can send voice memos in a message to another MMS-capable device. Send a voice memo: In Voice Memos, tap then tap Share and tap MMS. Address the message and tap Send.
, tap the voice memo you want to send, Editing Conversations If you want to keep just part of a conversation, you can delete the parts you dont want. You can also delete entire conversations from the Messages list. Edit a conversation: Tap Edit. Tap the circles along the left side to select the parts of
Tap Edit, then tap Clear All.
Forward a conversation: Select a conversation, then tap Edit. Tap the circles on the left side of the screen to select the parts of the conversation you want to include, then tap Forward, enter one or more recipients, and tap Send. Delete a conversation: Tap Edit, then tap You can also swipe left or right over the conversation and tap Delete. next to the conversation and tap Delete.
Chapter 9 Messages 109 Using Contact Information and Links Call, FaceTime, or email someone youve texted: Tap a message in the Text Messages list and scroll to the top of the conversation. (Tap the status bar to scroll quickly to the top of the screen.)
To call the person, tap Call.
To call the person using FaceTime, tap FaceTime.
To email the person, tap Contact Info, then tap an email address. Follow a link in a message: Tap the link. A link may open a webpage in Safari, make a phone call in Phone, open a preaddressed message in Mail, or display a location in Maps. To return to your text messages, press the Home button and tap Messages. Add someone youve texted to your contacts list: Tap a phone number in the Messages list, then tap Add to Contacts. Send contact information: In Contacts, tap the person whose information you want to share. Tap Share Contact at the bottom of the screen, then tap MMS. Address the message and tap Send. Save contact information received: Tap the contact bubble in the conversation and tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. Managing Previews and Alerts By default, iPhone displays a preview of new messages when iPhone is locked or when
enable alerts for text messages.
In Settings, choose Messages and tap Show Preview. Show multiple message alerts (iOS 4.3): In Settings, choose Messages, then tap Play Alert Tone and set the number of times an alert should appear if you dont respond. Set whether an alert sounds when you get a text message or preview: In Settings, choose Sounds, then tap New Text Message. Tap the alert sound you want, or None if you dont want an audible alert. Important: 110 Chapter 9 Messages Calendar 10 About Calendar Calendar gives you ready access to your calendars and events. You can view individual calendars, or several calendars at once. You can view your events by day, by month, or in a list. You can search the titles, invitees, locations, and notes of events. If youve entered birthdays for your contacts, you can view those birthdays in Calendar. You can sync iPhone with the calendars on your computer, and with services such as MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Yahoo!, and Google. You can also make, edit, or cancel appointments on iPhone and have them sync back to your computer or calendar account. If you have a MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, or CalDAV account, your calendars can sync over the air without connecting iPhone to your computer. MobileMe Shared Calendars that youve joined from your computer also sync with iPhone.
If you have a Microsoft Exchange account with Calendars enabled, or a supported CalDAV account, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from others, and invite people to events you schedule. Syncing Calendars You can sync Calendar in either of the following ways:
In iTunes, use the iPhone Info pane to sync with iCal or Microsoft Entourage on a Mac, or Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC, when you connect iPhone to your computer. See iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes on page 54. In Settings on iPhone, turn on Calendars in your MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, or Yahoo! accounts to sync your calendar information over the air, or set up a CalDAV account if your company or organization supports it. See Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts on page 25. 111 Viewing Your Calendars You can view a single calendar, selected calendars, or all calendars at once. Select calendars to view: Tap Calendars, then tap to select the calendars you want to view. To quickly select or deselect all calendars, tap Show All Calendars or Hide All Calendars. To view your contacts birthdays, tap Birthdays at the bottom of the screen. Tap Done to view the selected calendars. The events for all selected calendars appear in a single calendar on iPhone. You can view your calendar events in a list, by day, or by month. Switch views: Tap List, Day, or Month.
List view: All your appointments and events appear in a scrollable list.
Day view: Scroll up or down to see the events in a day. Tap to see the or previous or next days events.
Month view: Tap a day to see its events. Tap or to see the previous or next month.
See the details of an event: Tap the event. Set iPhone to adjust event times for a selected time zone:
1 In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars. 2 Under Calendars, tap Time Zone Support, then turn Time Zone Support on. 3 Tap Time Zone, then search for a major city in the time zone you want. When Time Zone Support is on, Calendar displays event dates and times in the time
in the time zone of your current location as determined by the network time. 112 Chapter 10 Calendar Searching Calendars
calendars. Calendar searches only the events for the calendars youre currently viewing. Search for events: Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more results. Calendar events are included in searches from the Home screen. See Searching on page 43. Adding and Updating Events on iPhone You can create and update calendar events directly on iPhone. If you have a Microsoft Exchange account with Calendars enabled, or a supported CalDAV account, you can invite other people to your event or meeting. Add an event: Tap and enter event information, then tap Done. You can enter any of the following:
Title Location Starting and ending times (or turn on All-day if its an all-day event) Repeat timesnone, or every day, week, two weeks, month, or year Invitees (if supported by your calendar server)
When you set an alert, the option to set a second alert appears. When an alert
Alerts on page 116). Chapter 10 Calendar 113 Important: Some carriers dont support network time in all locations. If youre traveling, iPhone may not alert you at the correct local time. To manually set the correct time, see Date and Time on page 198. Calendar You can change the default calendar using the Default Calendar setting. See Calendars on page 205. Notes
You cant assign an event to a read-only calendar. Events can also be created by tapping a day, date, or time in a Mail message. See Using Links and Detected Data on page 78. Update an event: Tap Edit and change event information. Tap Done when youre
Delete an event: Tap the event, tap Edit, then scroll down and tap Delete Event. Responding to Meeting Invitations If you have a Microsoft Exchange or MobileMe account with Calendars enabled, or a supported CalDAV account, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from people in your organization. When you receive an invitation, the meeting appears in your calendar with a dotted line around it. appears in the lower-right corner of the screen with an alert badge that shows the total number of new invitations you have. The number of new invitations also appears on the Calendar icon on the Home screen.
114 Chapter 10 Calendar Respond to an invitation in Calendar:
1 Tap a meeting invitation in the calendar, or tap to display the Event screen and tap an invitation.
Tap Invitation from to get contact information for the meeting organizer. Tap the email address to send a message to the organizer. If the organizer is in your contacts list, you can also tap to call or send a text message. Tap Invitees to see the other people invited to the meeting. Tap a name to see an attendees contact information. Tap the email address to send a message to the attendee. If the attendee is in your contacts list, you can also tap to call or send a text message. Tap Alert to set iPhone to sound an alert before the meeting. Tap Add Comments to add comments in the email response to the meeting organizer. You comments will also appear in your Info screen for the meeting. Notes are made by the meeting organizer. 2 Tap Accept, Maybe, or Decline. When you accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation, a response email that includes any comments you added is sent to the organizer. If you accept or tentatively accept the meeting, you can change your response later. Tap Add Comments if you want to change your comments. Meeting invitations are also sent in an email message, which lets you open the meetings Info screen from Mail. Open a meeting invitation in an email message: Tap the invitation. Chapter 10 Calendar 115 Subscribing to Calendars You can subscribe to calendars that use the iCalendar (.ics) format. Many calendar-based services support calendar subscriptions, including Yahoo!, Google, and the Mac OS X iCal application. Subscribed calendars are read-only. You can read events from subscribed calendars on iPhone, but you cant edit them or create new events. Subscribe to a calendar:
1 In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then tap Add Account. 2 Choose Other, then choose Add Subscribed Calendar. 3 Enter the server information, then tap Next to verify the subscription. 4 Tap Save. You can also subscribe to an iCal (or other .ics) calendar published on the web by tapping a link to the calendar you receive in an email or text message on iPhone. Importing Calendar Files from Mail
In Mail, open the message and tap the calendar
the events to, and tap Done. Alerts Set calendar alerts: In Settings, choose Sounds, then turn Calendar Alerts on. If
makes no sound. Important: Sound alerts for invitations: In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendar. Under Calendars, tap New Invitation Alert to turn it on. 116 Chapter 10 Calendar Photos 11 About Photos Carry photos and videos with you on iPhone, so you can share them with your family, friends, and associates. View photos and videos on iPhone, or use AirPlay and Apple TV to view photos and videos (iOS 4.3) on a TV. You can sync photos and videos from your computer, view photos and videos taken with iPhone, use photos as wallpaper, and assign photos to identify contacts when they call. You can also send photos and videos in email messages, send photos and videos in MMS messages, upload photos and videos to MobileMe galleries, and print photos. Note: MMS is available only if supported by your carrier. Additional fees may apply. Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer iTunes can sync your photos and videos with the following applications:
Mac: iPhoto 4.0.3 or later (syncing videos requires iPhoto 6.0.6 or later), or Aperture
(photos only)
PC: Adobe Photoshop Elements 8.0 or later (photos only) You can also sync photos and videos from any folder on your computer that contains images. See Syncing with iTunes on page 53. iPhone supports H.264 and MPEG-4 video formats, with AAC audio. If you are having trouble syncing a video to iPhone, you might be able to use iTunes to create an iPhone version of the video. 117 Create an iPhone version of a video:
1 Copy the video to your iTunes library. 2 In iTunes, select Movies in the Library list and select the video you want to sync. 3 Choose Advanced > Create iPod or iPhone Version. For more information, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1211. Viewing Photos and Videos Photos and videos you take with iPhone, sync from your computer, or save from an email or MMS message can be viewed in Photos. If you sync photos with iPhoto 8.0
(part of iLife 09) or later, you can view your photos and videos by the events and faces
taken if theyre tagged with location data. View photos and videos:
1 In Photos, tap a photo album. Tap the buttons at the bottom of the screen to view your photos and videos by albums, events, faces, or places if available. Photos are sorted by creation date. If you tap Places, a map shows each location that youve tagged photos from. Tap a pin, then tap that location. to see your photos and videos from 2 Tap a thumbnail to see the photo or video in full screen. Show or hide the controls: Tap the full-screen photo or video to show the controls. Tap again to hide the controls. Play a video: Tap in the center of the screen. To replay a video, tap to show the controls. at the bottom of the screen. If you dont see
, tap the screen 118 Chapter 11 Photos View a photo or video in landscape orientation: Rotate iPhone sideways. The photo Zoom in on part of a photo: Double-tap where you want to zoom in. Double-tap again to zoom out. You can also pinch to zoom in or out.Double tap the screen to scale the Pan around a photo: Drag the photo.See the next or previous photo or video: Flick left or right. Or tap the screen to show the controls, then tap or .119Chapter 11 Photos Deleting Photos and Videos You can delete photos and videos from Camera Roll on iPhone. Delete photos and videos:
in the upper-right corner of the screen. 1 Tap 2 Tap to select the photos and videos you want to delete. The Delete button shows the number of items you select. 3 Tap Delete. Slideshows You can view a photo album as a slideshow, complete with background music and transitions (iOS 4.3). View a slideshow (iOS 4.3):
1 Tap an album to open it, then tap a photo and tap 2 Select slideshow options.
To change the type of transition, tap Transitions and choose a transition. Available transitions are determined by how you view the slideshow. If youre connected to an Apple TV, choose from the available transitions. If iPhone is connected to a TV or projector using an AV cable, choose the Dissolve transition. For more information, see Viewing Photos, Slideshows, and Videos on a TV, below.
To play music during the slideshow, turn on Play Music, then tap Music and select a song. 3 Tap Start Slideshow. View a slideshow (iOS 4.2): Tap an album, then tap a photo and tap
. Videos play automatically when they appear during the slideshow. Stop a slideshow: Tap the screen. Set slideshow settings: In Settings, choose Photos and set the following options:
To set the length of time each slide is shown, tap Play Each Slide For and choose a time.
tap Transition and choose a transition type.
To set whether slideshows repeat,
To set whether photos and videos are shown in random order, Play music during a slideshow (iOS 4.2): In iPod, play a song, then choose Photos on the Home screen and start a slideshow. 120 Chapter 11 Photos Viewing Photos, Slideshows, and Videos on a TV You can use the Photos app to view photos, slideshows, and videos (iOS 4.3) on your TV, using any of the following:
Apple Component AV Cable
Apple Composite AV Cable
Apple Digital AV Adapter and an HDMI cable (iPhone 4)
Apple VGA Adapter and a VGA cable
You can also stream photos, slideshows, and videos (iOS 4.3) wirelessly to your TV using AirPlay and Apple TV. Note: Apple cables, adapters, and docks are available for purchase separately. Go to www.apple.com/ipodstore (may not be available in all countries or regions) or check with your local Apple retailer. Connect using an AV cable: Use the Apple Component AV Cable, Apple Composite AV Cable, or other authorized iPhone-compatible cable. You can also use these cables with the Apple Universal Dock to connect iPhone to your TV or AV receiver. The Apple Universal Dock includes a remote that lets you control playback from a distance. Connect using a VGA Adapter: Attach the VGA Adapter to the iPhone Dock connector. Connect the VGA Adapter with a VGA cable to a compatible TV, projector, or VGA display. Connect using an Apple Digital AV Adapter (iPhone 4): Attach the Digital AV Adapter to the iPhone Dock connector. Use an HDMI cable to connect the HDMI port of the adapter to your TV or receiver. To keep iPhone charged while watching videos, use a Dock Connector to USB Cable to connect the 30-pin port of the adapter to your computer, or to a USB Power Adapter plugged into a power outlet. Stream content using AirPlay and Apple TV: View a photo, slideshows, or video
(iOS 4.3), then tap dont see Apple TV in the list of AirPlay devices, make sure its on the same wireless network as iPhone. To return playback to iPhone, tap again and choose iPhone from the list. and choose Apple TV from the list. If doesnt appear or if you Sharing Photos and Videos You can send photos and videos in email and MMS messages, add photos and videos to MobileMe galleries, and publish videos to YouTube. You can also copy and paste photos and videos, save photos and videos from email messages to Photos, and save images from webpages to Photos. Chapter 11 Photos 121 Sending a Photo or Video in an Email or MMS Message Send a photo or video in an email message:
1 Choose a photo or video and tap
. If you dont see
, tap the screen to show the controls. 2 Tap Email Photo/Video. The photo or video appears in a new mail message window. 3 Compose your message, then tap Send. 4 If sending a photo, you may be asked if you want to reduce the message size by scaling the image. Tap the size you want to use. Send multiple photos or videos at the same time: When viewing thumbnails in an album, tap
, then tap to select the photos or videos you want to send, tap Share, and tap Email. Send a photo or video via MMS: Choose a photo or video and tap
, then tap MMS. The size limit of attachments is determined by your carrier. If necessary, iPhone may compress the photo or video. To learn about taking photos and videos, see Chapter 12, Camera, on page 125. Copying and Pasting Photos and Videos You can copy a photo or video from Photos and paste it in an email or MMS message. Some third-party apps may also support copying and pasting photos or videos. Copy a photo or video: then tap Copy. Copy multiple photos or videos:
in the upper-right corner of the screen. 1 Tap 2 Tap to select the photos and videos you want to copy. The Copy button shows the number of items you select. 3 Tap Copy. Paste a photo or video: Tap to place the insertion point where you want to place the photo or video, then tap the insertion point and tap Paste. Adding a Photo or Video to a MobileMe Gallery If you have a MobileMe account, you can add photos and videos directly from iPhone to your MobileMe gallery. You can also add photos and videos to someone elses MobileMe gallery if that person enables email contributions. Before you can add photos or videos to a gallery in your MobileMe account, you must:
Set up your MobileMe account on iPhone Publish a MobileMe gallery, and allow adding photos via email or iPhone 122 Chapter 11 Photos For more information about creating a gallery and adding photos and videos to it, see MobileMe Help. Add a photo or video to your gallery: Choose a photo or video and tap
, then tap Send to MobileMe. Enter a title and description, if you like, then select the album to add the photo or video to and tap Publish. If you dont see
, tap the screen to show the controls. iPhone tells you when the photo or video has been published, and gives you options to view it on MobileMe or email a link to a friend. Add a photo or video to someone elses gallery: Choose a photo or video and tap then tap Email Photo/Video. Enter the albums email address, then click Send.
, Publishing Videos to YouTube If you have a YouTube account, you can publish videos directly from iPhone to YouTube. Some videos may not be transferable, depending on the length of the movie or other factors. Publish a video to YouTube:
, then tap Send to YouTube. 1 While viewing a video, tap 2 Sign in to your YouTube account. 3 Enter publishing information such as Title, Description, and Tags. 4 Tap Category to choose a category. 5 Tap Publish. Saving Photos and Videos from Email Messages, MMS Messages, and Webpages Save a photo from an email message to your Camera Roll album: Tap the photo, then tap Save Image. If the photo hasnt been downloaded yet, tap the download
Save a video from an email message to your Camera Roll album: Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Save Video. If the video hasnt been downloaded yet, tap the
Save a photo from a webpage to your Camera Roll album: Touch and hold the photo, then tap Save Image. Save a photo or video from an MMS message to your Camera Roll album: Tap the image in the conversation, tap If you dont see
, tap the screen to show the controls.
, and tap Save Image or Save Video. You can download the photos and videos in your Camera Roll album to your computers photo application by connecting iPhone to your computer. Chapter 11 Photos 123 Printing Photos You can use AirPrint to print photos from iPhone. Print a photo: Tap number of copies, then tap Print. Print multiple photos: While viewing a photo album, tap
. Select the photos you want to print, then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, set the number of copies, then tap Print.
, then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, set the For more information, see Printing on page 41. Assigning a Photo to a Contact You can assign a photo to a contact. When that person calls, iPhone displays the photo. Assign a photo to a contact:
1 Choose Camera on the Home screen, then take someones picture. Or choose any photo already on iPhone, and tap
. 2 Tap Assign to Contact and choose a contact. 3 Position and size the photo until it looks the way you want. Drag the photo to pan, and pinch to zoom in or out. 4 Tap Set Photo. You can also assign a photo to a contact in Contacts by tapping Edit and then tapping Add Photo. Wallpaper You can set a photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen or for the Home screen. Set a photo as wallpaper:
1 Choose any photo and tap 2 Drag the photo to position it and pinch to zoom in or out, until it looks the way
, then tap Use As Wallpaper. you want. 3 Tap Set, then choose whether you want to use the photo as wallpaper for your Lock Screen, Home screen, or both. You can also choose from several wallpaper pictures included with iPhone by choosing Settings > Wallpaper from the Home screen. See Adding Wallpaper on page 36. 124 Chapter 11 Photos Camera 12 About Camera With iPhone, you have a great still camera and video camera wherever you go.
for photos and videos taken with the main camera, and a front camera that lets you make FaceTime video calls and take photos and videos of yourself. The main camera is on the back of iPhone. You use the screen to control the camera and to see the photo or video youre taking. Tap-to-focus lets you tap anywhere on the
exposure. The macro autofocus feature (about 10 cm) and a 5x digital zoom let you take great close-ups. If location services is turned on, photos and videos are tagged with location data including your current geographical coordinates provided by GPS, Wi-Fi, or cell-tower information. You can use location data with some apps and photo-sharing websites to track and post where you took the photos. For example, the Photos app organizes photos by places. Note: turn it on. If you dont want to include location data with your photos and videos, you can use Camera without turning on location services. See Location Services on page 194. 125 Taking Photos and Recording Videos Taking photos and recording videos with iPhone is as easy as point and tap.
Take a photo: Aim iPhone and tap Make sure the Camera/Video switch is set to
. When you take a photo or start a video recording, iPhone makes a shutter sound. You can use the volume buttons on the side of the iPhone to control the volume of the shutter sound. You dont hear a sound if you set the Ring/Silent switch to silent. See Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch on page 191. Note: switch is set to silent. On iPhone 4, you can turn on HDR to take HDR (high dynamic range) photos. HDR blends the best parts of three separate exposures into a single photo. For best results, iPhone and the subject should be stationary.
Tap the HDR button at the top of the screen. The button shows
Note: With HDR, you can save both the normal-exposure version and the HDR version of a photo in the Camera Roll, or save just the HDR version. By default, both are saved. Choose whether to save both the normal-exposure version and the HDR version of photos:
126 Chapter 12 Camera appears in the upper-left corner of the HDR photo If you save both versions, when you view the photos in Camera Roll (if the controls are visible). Record a video: Slide the Camera/Video switch to The record button blinks while Camera is recording. Tap can also press the center button on the iPhone earphones to start or stop recording. to start recording. again to stop recording. You
, then tap A rectangle on the screen shows the area where the camera is focused and setting the exposure. Tap the screen to bring up the camera controls. Change the focus area and set the exposure: Tap anywhere to focus the camera and adjust the exposure for the selected area. Zoom in or out: Tap the screen, then drag the slider at the bottom of the screen to zoom in or out (main camera, in camera mode only).
Switch between the main and front cameras: Tap the screen. Review a photo or video youve just taken: Tap the thumbnail of your last shot, in the lower-left corner of the screen. Use the left and right arrows at the bottom of the screen to review other photos and
video mode. If you dont see the controls, tap the screen to display them. Delete a photo or video: Tap Take a screenshot:
taken. The screenshot is added to the Camera Roll album.
, tap the screen to display the controls. in the upper-right corner of
. If you dont see Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos The photos and videos you take with Camera are saved in the Camera Roll album on iPhone. You can view the Camera Roll album from either Camera or Photos. View photos and videos in the Camera Roll album: In Camera, tap the thumbnail image in the lower-left corner of the screen. In Photos, tap the Camera Roll album. Tap
When viewing a photo or video in the Camera Roll album, tap the screen to display the controls. If you save both the normal and the HDR versions of a photo, in the upper-left corner of the HDR photo (when the controls are visible). appears For more information about viewing and sharing photos and videos, see:
Viewing Photos and Videos on page 118 Sharing Photos and Videos on page 121 Chapter 12 Camera 127 Trimming Videos You can trim the frames from the beginning and end of a video that you just recorded, or any other video in the Camera Roll album. You can replace the original video or save the trimmed version as a new video clip. Trim a video:
1 While viewing a video, tap the screen to display the controls. 2 Drag either end of the frame viewer at the top of the video, then tap Trim. 3 Tap Trim Original or Save as New Clip. Important: If you choose Trim Original, the trimmed frames are permanently deleted from the original video. If you choose Save as New Clip, a new trimmed video clip is
Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer You can upload the photos and videos you take with Camera to photo applications on your computer, such as iPhoto on a Mac. Upload photos and videos to your computer: Connect iPhone to your computer.
Mac: Select the photos and videos you want and click the Import or Download button in iPhoto or other supported photo application on your computer.
PC: Follow the instructions that came with your photo application. If you delete the photos and videos from iPhone when you upload them to your computer, theyre removed from the Camera Roll album. You can use the Photos settings pane in iTunes to sync photos and videos to the Photos app on iPhone
(videos can be synced with Macs only). See iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes on page 54. 128 Chapter 12 Camera YouTube 13 Finding and Viewing Videos YouTube features short videos submitted by people from around the world. To use some features on iPhone, you need to sign in to a YouTube account. For information about requirements and how to get a YouTube account, go to www.youtube.com. Note: YouTube may not be available in all languages and locations. Browse videos: Tap Featured, Most Viewed, or Favorites. Or tap More to browse by Most Recent, Top Rated, History, Subscriptions, or Playlists.
Featured:
Most Viewed: Videos most seen by YouTube viewers. Tap All for all-time most viewed videos, or Today or This Week for most-viewed videos of the day or week.
Favorites: Videos youve added to Favorites. When you sign in to a YouTube account, account favorites appear and any existing favorites can be synced to your account.
Most Recent: Videos most recently submitted to YouTube.
Top Rated: Videos most highly rated by YouTube viewers. To rate videos, go to www.youtube.com.
History: Videos youve viewed most recently.
Subscriptions: Videos from YouTube accounts to which youve subscribed. You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature.
Playlists: Videos youve added to playlists. You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature. You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you use more frequently. See Changing the Browse Buttons on page 134. 129 Search for a video:
1 2 Type a word or phrase that describes what youre looking for, then tap Search. YouTube shows results based on video titles, descriptions, tags, and user names. Listed videos show title, rating, number of views, length, and the account name that posted the video. Play a video: Tap the video. The video begins to download to iPhone and a progress bar appears. When enough of the video has downloaded, it begins to play. You can also tap to start the video. Controlling Video Playback When a video starts playing, the controls disappear so they dont obscure the video. Show or hide the video controls: Tap the screen.
Play or pause a video Adjust the volume or Tap on the iPhone earphones. You can also press the center button Drag the volume slider, or use the volume buttons on the side of iPhone. You can also use the volume buttons on the iPhone earphones. Skip to the next or previous video in a list Tap twice to skip to the previous video. Tap Rewind or fast-forward Skip to any point in a video to skip to the next video. Touch and hold or
. Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar.
Tap Done, or press the Home button.
Double-tap the video. You can also tap
to to make Add a video to Favorites using video controls Start playing a video and tap Email a link to the video using video controls Start playing a video and tap
. 130 Chapter 13 YouTube Watching YouTube Videos on a TV You can wach YouTube videos, including videos in HD format (iPhone 4), on a TV by connecting iPhone to your TV or AV receiver using an Apple Component AV Cable, Apple Composite AV Cable, Apple VGA Adapter, or Apple Digital AV Adapter (iPhone 4), or wirelessly by using AirPlay and Apple TV. See Watching Videos on a TV on page 102. Managing Videos Tap next to a video to see related videos and more controls for managing videos. Add the video to Favorites Add the video to a playlist Tap Add to Favorites. Tap Add to Playlist, then select an existing playlist or tap to create a new playlist. Email a link to the video Tap Share Video. Browse and view related videos Tap a video in the list of related videos to view, or tap next to a video for more information. Chapter 13 YouTube 131 Getting More Information Tap other information. next to the video to show the videos comments, description, date added, and Rate the video or add a comment On the More Info screen, tap Rate, Comment, or Flag, then choose Rate or Comment. You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature. See more videos from this account On the More Info screen, tap More Videos. Subscribe to this YouTube account On the More Info screen, tap More Videos, then tap Subscribe to <account> at the bottom of the video list. You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature. 132 Chapter 13 YouTube next to a video, then tap Delete. Using YouTube Account Features If you have a YouTube account, you can access account features such as subscriptions, comments and ratings, and playlists. To create a YouTube account, go to www.youtube.com. Show favorites youve added to your account: In Favorites, tap Sign In, then enter your username and password to see your account favorites. Any existing favorites youve added to iPhone can be merged with your account favorites when you sign in. Delete a favorite: In Favorites, tap Edit, tap Show subscriptions youve added to your account: In Subscriptions, tap Sign In, then enter your username and password to see your account subscriptions. Tap an account in the list to see all videos for that account. Unsubscribe from a YouTube account: In Subscriptions, tap an account in the list, then tap Unsubscribe. View playlists: In Playlists, tap a playlist to see the list of videos youve added. Tap any video in the playlist to begin playing videos from that point in the playlist. Edit a playlist: In Playlists, tap Edit, then do one of the following:
To delete the entire playlist, tap
To create a new playlist, tap Add a video to a playlist: Tap a playlist. next to a video, then tap Add to Playlist and choose
, then enter a name for the playlist. next to a playlist, then tap Delete. Delete a video from a playlist:
1 In Playlists, tap a playlist, then tap Edit. 2 Tap next to a playlist, then tap Delete. Chapter 13 YouTube 133 Changing the Browse Buttons You can replace the Featured, Most Viewed, Bookmarks, and Search buttons at the bottom of the screen with ones you use more frequently. For example, if you watch top-rated videos often but dont watch many featured videos, you could replace the Featured button with Top Rated. Change the browse buttons: Tap More and tap Edit, then drag a button to the bottom of the screen, over the button you want to replace. You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them.
When youre browsing for videos, tap More to access the browse buttons that arent visible. Sending Videos to YouTube If you have a YouTube account, you can send videos directly to YouTube. See Publishing Videos to YouTube on page 123. 134 Chapter 13 YouTube Stocks 14 Viewing Stock Quotes Stocks lets you see the latest available quotes for your selected stocks, funds, and indexes. Quotes are updated every time you open Stocks when connected to the Internet. Quotes may be delayed by up to 20 minutes or more, depending upon the reporting service. Add a stock, fund, or index to the stock reader:
.
, then tap 1 Tap 2 Enter a symbol, company name, fund name, or index, then tap Search. 3 Select an item from the search results and tap Done. View charts in landscape orientation: Rotate iPhone sideways. Flick left or right to view the other charts in your stock reader. Show the progress of a stock, fund, or index over time: Tap the stock, fund, or index in your list, then tap 1d, 1w, 1m, 3m, 6m, 1y, or 2y. The chart adjusts to show progress over one day, one week, one month, three months, six months, one year, or two years. When you view a chart in landscape orientation, you can touch the chart to display the
135
and tap next to a stock, then tap Delete. Delete a stock: Tap Change the order of the list: Tap place in the list. Switch the view to percentage change, price change, or market capitalization: Tap any of the values along the right side of the screen. Tap again to switch to another view. Or tap and tap %, Price, or Mkt Cap, then tap Done. next to a stock or index to a new
. Then drag Getting More Information See the summary, chart, or news page about a stock, fund, or index: Select the stock,
summary, chart, or recent news page. On the news page, you can scroll up and down to read headlines, or tap a headline to view the article in Safari. See more information at Yahoo.com: Select the stock, fund, or index in your list, then tap
. 136 Chapter 14 Stocks Maps 15 WARNING: For important information about driving and navigating safely, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone. Maps provides street maps, satellite photos, a hybrid view, and street views of
and detailed driving, public transit, or walking directions. Find and track your current
(approximate) location, and use your current location to get driving directions to or from another place. The built-in digital compass lets you see which way youre facing. Important: Maps, directions, and location-based apps depend on data services. These data services are subject to change and may not be available in all geographic areas, resulting in maps, directions, or location-based information that may be unavailable, inaccurate, or incomplete. Compare the information provided on iPhone to your surroundings, and defer to posted signs to resolve any discrepancies.
on. You can use Maps without turning on location services. See Location Services on page 194. 137 Finding and Viewing Locations You can search for locations, get your current location, mark a location with the drop pin, and get satellite and Google Street Views. Searching for Locations You can search for locations in many waysby address, intersection, area, landmark, bookmark, contact, or zip code, for example. Find a location and see a map:
1 2 Type an address or other search information. 3 Tap Search. A pin marks the location. Tap the pin to see the name or description of the location.
Locations can include places of interest added by Google My Maps users (User-
created content), and sponsored links that appear as special icons (for example,
). Zoom in to a part of a map Zoom out
the part you want to zoom in on. Double-tap again to zoom in even closer.
Pan or scroll to another part of the map Drag up, down, left, or right. See the location of a contacts address: Tap and choose a contact. To locate an address in this way, the contact must include at least one address. If the contact has more than one address, choose the one you want to locate. You can also
138 Chapter 15 Maps Finding Your Current Location
Find your current location and turn on tracking mode: Tap
. Your current location is shown by a blue marker. If your location cant be determined precisely, a blue circle also appears around the marker. The size of the circle depends on how precisely your location can be determinedthe smaller the circle, the greater the precision. As you move around, iPhone updates your location, adjusting the map so that the location indicator remains in the center of the screen. If you tap again until it is no longer highlighted, or if you drag the map, iPhone continues to update your location
iPhone uses location services to determine your location. Location services uses available information from cellular network data, local Wi-Fi networks (if Wi-Fi is turned on), and GPS (may not be available in all locations). When an app is using location services, appears in the status bar. Location services may not be available in all countries or regions.
Location Services on page 194.
choose General > Location Services. Chapter 15 Maps 139 Get information about your current location: Tap the blue marker, then tap
. iPhone displays the address of your current location, if available. You can use this information to:
Show which way youre facing: Tap
.) Maps uses the built-in compass to determine which way youre facing. The angle shows the accuracy of the compass readingthe smaller the angle, the greater the accuracy. Get directions Add the location to contacts Send the address via email or MMS Bookmark the location again. (The icon changes to Maps uses true north to determine your heading, even if magnetic north is set in Compass. If the compass needs calibrating, iPhone asks you to wave the phone in
interference. See Chapter 20, Compass, on page 157. Marking a Location with the Drop Pin The drop pin lets you mark a location by hand. Mark a location: Touch and hold the location on the map. The drop pin appears where youre touching the map. Move the drop pin: Touch and hold, then drag the pin to a new location, or touch and hold a new location until a new pin drops, replacing the previous one. 140 Chapter 15 Maps Satellite View and Street View You can see a satellite view of a map, or a combined satellite and street map view. You can also see a Google Street View of a location. See a satellite view or hybrid view: Tap satellite view or a combined street map and satellite view.
, then tap Satellite or Hybrid to see just a To return to map view, tap Map. Chapter 15 Maps 141 See the Google Street View of a location: Tap
. Flick left or right to pan through the 360 panoramic view. (The inset shows your current view.) Tap an arrow to move down the street. To return to map view, tap the map inset in the lower-right corner.
Street View may not be available in all areas. Getting Directions You can get step-by-step directions for driving, taking public transit, or walking to a destination. Get directions:
1 Tap Directions. 2 with your current approximate location (if available). Tap a location in Bookmarks (including your current location and the dropped pin, if available), Recents, or Contacts. If For example, if a friends address is in your contacts list, you can tap Contacts and tap your friends name instead of having to type the address. To reverse the directions, tap
. 3 Tap Route (if you entered locations manually), then select directions by car (
), directions by public transit (
The travel options available depend on the route.
), or directions by walking (
). 4 Do one of the following:
142 Chapter 15 Maps
To view all the directions in a list, tap
, then tap List. Tap any item in the list to see a map showing that leg of the trip. Tap Route Overview to return to the overview screen.
To view directions one step at a time, tap Start, then tap to see the next leg of the trip. Tap to go back. If youre driving or walking, the approximate distance and travel time appear at the top
If youre taking public transit, the overview screen shows each leg of the trip and the mode of transportation, including where you need to walk. The top of the screen
total fare. Tap to set your departure or arrival time, and to choose a schedule for the trip. Tap the icon at a stop to see the departure time for that bus or train, and to get a link to the transit providers website or contact info. When you tap Start and step through the route, detailed information about each leg of the trip appears at the top of the screen.
points to it, tapping
, then tapping Directions To Here or Directions From Here. Switch start and end points, for reverse directions: Tap If you dont see See recently viewed directions: Tap
, tap Edit. Chapter 15 Maps 143
the map.
Tap
Finding and Contacting Businesses Find businesses in an area:
1 Find a locationfor example, a city and state or country, or a street addressor scroll to a location on a map. 2 restaurants san francisco ca apple inc new york Pins appear for matching locations in the area. For example, if you locate your city and then type movies and tap Search, pins mark movie theaters in your city. Tap the pin that marks a business to see its name or description.
Type things like:
Contact a business or get directions: Tap the pin that marks a business, then tap next to the name. From there, you can do the following:
Tap a phone number to call, an email address to send email to, or a web address to visit. 144 Chapter 15 Maps
For directions, tap Directions To Here or Directions From Here. To add the business to your contacts list, tap Add to Contacts at the bottom of the screen, then tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. Share the location of the business by email or text message.
See a list of the businesses found in the search: From the Map screen, tap List. Tap a business to see its location. Or tap next to a business to see its information.
Sharing Location Information You can add a location youve found to your contacts list. You can also send links to a Google Maps location using email or MMS. Add a location to your contacts list: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap next to the name or description, then tap Add to Contacts at the bottom of the screen and tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. Email a link to a Google Maps location: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap next to the name or description, then tap Share Location at the bottom of the screen and tap Email. Send a link via MMS to a Google Maps location: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap next to the name or description, then tap Share Location at the bottom of the screen and tap MMS. Bookmarking Locations
Bookmark a location: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap name or description, then tap Add to Bookmarks at the bottom of the Info screen. See a bookmarked location or recently viewed location: Tap then tap Bookmarks or Recents.
next to the Chapter 15 Maps 145 Weather 16 Viewing Weather Summaries Tap Weather on the Home screen to get the current temperature and six-day forecast for one or more cities around the world.
If the weather board is light blue, its daytime in that citybetween 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. If the board is dark purple, its nighttimebetween 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Add a city:
.
, then tap 1 Tap 2 Enter a city name or zip code, then tap Search. 3 Choose a city in the search list. 146 Switch to another city: Flick left or right, or tap to the left or right of the row of dots. The number of dots below the weather board shows how many cities are stored. Reorder cities: Tap Delete a city: Tap Display the temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius: Tap next to a city to a new place in the list. next to a city, then tap Delete.
, then drag and tap
, then tap F or C. Getting More Weather Information You can see a more detailed weather report, news and websites related to the city, and more. See information about a city at Yahoo.com: Tap
. Chapter 16 Weather 147 Notes 17 About Notes You can create notes on iPhone and sync notes with supported applications on your computer and online accounts. You can search for text in a list of notes. Syncing Notes You can sync Notes in either of the following ways:
In iTunes, use the iPhone settings panes to sync with Mail on a Mac or with Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC when you connect iPhone to your computer. See iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes on page 54. In Settings, turn on Notes in your MobileMe, Google, Yahoo!, AOL, or other IMAP account to sync your notes over the air with those accounts. See Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts on page 25.
148 Writing and Reading Notes When you sync Notes with an application on your computer or with online accounts, the Accounts screen shows each those accounts, plus a button to display all notes in a single list. See all notes: Tap All Notes.
Tap the account name. Change the font used to display notes: In Settings, choose Notes, then select the font you want to use.
landscape orientation and type using a larger keyboard. Add a note: Tap
, then type your note and tap Done.
Notes on page 211. Read a note: Tap the note. Tap Edit a note: Tap anywhere on the note to bring up the keyboard. Delete a note: Tap the note, then tap to see the next or previous note. or
. Chapter 17 Notes 149 Searching Notes You can search the text of notes. Search for notes:
1 2 Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. Notes are included in searches from the Home screen. See Searching on page 43. Emailing Notes Email a note: Tap the note, then tap To email a note, iPhone must be set up for email. See Setting Up Email Accounts on page 75. 150 Chapter 17 Notes Clock 18 World Clocks You can add clocks to show the time in other major cities and time zones around the world. View clocks: Tap World Clock. If the clock face is white, its daytime in that city. If the clock face is black, its nighttime.
Add a clock:
1 Tap World Clock. 2 Tap
, then type the name of a city. Cities matching what youve typed appear below. 3 Tap a city to add a clock for that city. If you dont see the city youre looking for, try a major city in the same time zone. Delete a clock: Tap World Clock and tap Edit. Then tap Rearrange clocks: Tap World Clock and tap Edit. Then drag new place in the list. next to a clock to a next to a clock and tap Delete. 151 Alarms You can set multiple alarms. Set each alarm to repeat on days you specify, or to sound only once. Set an alarm:
1 Tap Alarm and tap 2 Adjust any of the following settings:
.
To set the alarm to repeat on certain days, tap Repeat and choose the days.
tap Sound.
To set whether the alarm gives you the option to hit snooze, If Snooze is on and you tap Snooze when the alarm sounds, the alarm stops and then sounds again in ten minutes.
To give the alarm a description, tap Label. iPhone displays the label when the alarm sounds. If at least one alarm is set and turned on, of the screen. appears in the iPhone status bar at the top Important: Some carriers dont support network time in all locations. If youre traveling, iPhone alerts may not sound at the correct local time. See Date and Time on page 198.
turn it on again to reenable it. Change settings for an alarm: Tap Alarm and tap Edit, then tap you want to change. Delete an alarm: Tap Alarm and tap Edit, then tap next to the alarm and tap Delete. next to the alarm 152 Chapter 18 Clock Stopwatch Use the stopwatch to time an event:
1 Tap Stopwatch. 2 Tap Start to start the stopwatch.
To record lap times, tap Lap after each lap.
To pause the stopwatch, tap Stop. Tap Start to resume.
To reset the stopwatch, tap Reset when the stopwatch is paused. If you start the stopwatch and switch to another app, the stopwatch keeps running. Timer Set the timer: to start the timer. Choose the sound: Tap When Timer Ends. Set a sleep timer: Set the timer, then tap When Timer Ends and choose Sleep iPod. When you set a sleep timer, iPhone stops playing music or video when the timer ends. If you start the timer and then switch to another iPhone app, the timer keeps running. Chapter 18 Clock 153 Calculator 19 Using the Calculator Tap numbers and functions in Calculator just as you would with a standard calculator. When you tap the add, subtract, multiply, or divide button, a white ring appears around the button to let you know the operation to be carried out. Rotate iPhone to
Standard Memory Functions
C: Tap to clear the displayed number.
MC: Tap to clear the memory.
M+: Tap to add the displayed number to the number in memory. If no number is in memory, tap to store the displayed number in memory.
M: Tap to subtract the displayed number from the number in memory.
MR: Tap to replace the displayed number with the number in memory. If the button has a white ring around it, there is a number stored in memory. The stored number remains in memory when you switch between the standard and
154
2nd
(
)
%
1/x x2 x3 yx x!
xy Changes the trigonometric buttons (sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, and tanh) to their inverse functions (sin-1, cos-1, tan-1, sinh-1, cosh-1, and tanh-1). It also changes ln to log2, and ex to 2x. Tap 2nd again to return the buttons to their original functions. Opens a parenthetical expression. Expressions can be nested. Closes a parenthetical expression. Calculates percentages, adds markups, and subtracts discounts. To calculate a percentage, use it with the multiplication (x) key. For example, to calculate 8% of 500, enter 500 x 8 % =
which returns 40. To add a markup or subtract a discount, use it with the plus (+) or minus () key. For example, to compute the total cost of a $500 item with an 8% sales tax, enter 500 + 8 % =
which returns 540. Returns the reciprocal of a value in decimal format. Squares a value. Cubes a value.
example, to compute 34, enter 3 yx 4 =
which returns 81. Calculates the factorial of a value. Calculates the square root of a value. Use between values to calculate the x root of y. For example to compute 481, enter 81 xy 4 =
which returns 3. Chapter 19 Calculator 155 log sin sin-1 cos cos-1 tan tan-1 ln log2 sinh sinh-1 cosh cosh-1 tanh tanh-1 ex 2x Rad Deg
EE Returns the log base 10 of a value. Calculates the sine of a value. Calculates the arc sine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) Calculates the cosine of a value. Calculates the arc cosine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) Calculates the tangent of a value. Calculates the arc tangent of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) Calculates the natural log of a value. Calculates the log base 2. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) Calculates the hyperbolic sine of a value. Calculates the inverse hyperbolic sine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) Calculates the hyperbolic cosine of a value. Calculates the inverse hyperbolic cosine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) Calculates the hyperbolic tangent of a value. Calculates the inverse hyperbolic tangent of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) Tap after entering a value to raise the constant e (2.718281828459045) to the power of that value. Calculates 2 to the power of the displayed value. For example, 10 2x = 1024. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) Changes the mode to express trigonometric functions in radians. Changes the mode to express trigonometric functions in degrees. Enters the value of (3.141592653589793). An operator that multiplies the currently displayed value by 10 to the power of the next value you enter. Rand Returns a random number between 0 and 1. 156 Chapter 19 Calculator Compass 20 Getting Compass Readings The built-in compass shows which direction youre facing, along with the geographical coordinates of your current location. You can choose magnetic north, or have Compass adjust the declination to show true north. Important: magnetic or other environmental interference, including interference caused by the close proximity of the magnets contained in the iPhone earbuds. The digital compass should be used only for basic navigation assistance and should not be solely relied on to determine precise locations, proximity, distance, or direction.
recalibrate it occasionally after that. iPhone alerts you if calibration is needed. Note: turn it on. You can use Compass without turning on location services. See Location Services on page 194. 157 Calibrate iPhone: from a source of interference. See the direction youre facing: Hold iPhone level to the ground. The compass needle rotates to point north. Your current direction appears at the top of the screen. The coordinates of your current location are displayed at the bottom of the screen. Switch between true north and magnetic north: Tap and tap the setting you want. Compass and Maps
in compass to show the direction youre facing. See your current location in Maps: Tap opens and shows your current location with a blue marker. at the bottom of the Compass screen. Maps 158 Chapter 20 Compass Show the direction youre facing: In Maps, tap
. The angle shows the accuracy of the compass readingthe smaller the angle, the greater the accuracy. twice. The icon changes to See Finding and Viewing Locations on page 138. Chapter 20 Compass 159 Voice Memos 21 Recording Voice Memos Voice Memos lets you use iPhone as a portable recording device using the built-in microphone, iPhone or Bluetooth headset mic, or supported external microphone. Note: External microphones must be designed to work with the iPhone headset jack or Dock Connector. These include Apple-branded earbuds and authorized third-party accessories marked with the Apple Made for iPhone or Works with iPhone logo. You can adjust the recording level by moving the microphone closer to or further away from what youre recording. For better recording quality, the loudest level on the level meter should be between 3dB and 0 dB.
160 Record a voice memo:
1 Tap to start recording. You can also press the center button on the iPhone earphones. 2 Tap to pause or iPhone earphones. to stop recording. You can also press the center button on the Recordings using the built-in microphone are mono, but you can record stereo using an external stereo microphone. When you start a voice recording, iPhone makes a short ringing sound. The sound isnt played if youve set the Ring/Silent switch to silent. See Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch on page 191. Note: if the Ring/Silent switch is set to silent. To use other apps while recording your voice memo, you can lock iPhone or press the Home Play a voice memo you just recorded: Tap button. Listening to Voice Memos
Play a voice memo you previously recorded:
1 Tap
.
2 Tap a memo, then tap
. Tap to pause, then tap Skip to any point in a voice memo: Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Listen through the built-in speaker: Tap Speaker. again to resume playback. Chapter 21 Voice Memos 161 Managing Voice Memos Delete a voice memo: Tap a memo in the list, then tap Delete. See more information: Tap about the length, recording time and date, and provides additional editing and sharing functions. next to the memo. The Info screen displays information Add a label to a voice memo: On the Info screen tap on the Label screen. To create a custom label, choose Custom at the bottom of the list, then type a name for the label.
, then select a label in the list 162 Chapter 21 Voice Memos Trimming Voice Memos You can trim the beginning or ending of a voice memo to eliminate unwanted pauses or noise. Trim a voice memo:
1 On the Voice Memos screen, tap 2 Tap Trim Memo. 3 Using the time markers as a guide, drag the edges of the audio region to adjust the next to the memo you want to trim. beginning and end of the voice memo. To preview your edit, tap
. 4 Tap Trim Voice Memo. Important: Edits you make to voice memos cant be undone. Sharing Voice Memos You can share your voice memos as attachments in email or MMS messages. Share a voice memo:
1 Select a voice memo on the Voice Memos screen, then tap Share. You can also tap Share on the Info screen of a voice memo. 2 Choose Email to open a new message in Mail with the memo attached, or choose MMS to open a new message in Messages.
Chapter 21 Voice Memos 163 Syncing Voice Memos iTunes syncs voice memos to your iTunes library when you connect iPhone to your computer. This lets you listen to voice memos on your computer and provides a backup if you delete them from iPhone. Voice memos are synced to the Voice Memos playlist. iTunes creates the playlist if it doesnt exist. When you sync voice memos to iTunes, they remain in the Voice Memos app until you delete them. If you delete a voice memo on iPhone, it isnt deleted from the Voice Memos playlist in iTunes. However, if you delete a voice memo from iTunes, it is deleted from iPhone the next time you sync with iTunes. You can sync the iTunes Voice Memos playlist to the iPod app on iPhone using the Music pane in iTunes. Sync the Voice Memos playlist to iPhone:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list. 3 Select Music at the top of the screen. 4 Select the Include voice memos checkbox and click Apply. 164 Chapter 21 Voice Memos iTunes Store 22 About the iTunes Store You can search for, browse, preview, purchase, and download music, ringtones, audiobooks, TV shows, movies, and music videos from the iTunes Store directly to iPhone. You can listen to audio or watch video podcasts from the iTunes Store, either by streaming them from the Internet or by downloading them directly to iPhone. And,
whos planning to go, and more. Note: The iTunes Store may not be available in all countries or regions, and iTunes Store content may vary by country or region. Features are subject to change. To access the iTunes Store, iPhone must be connected to the Internet. See Connecting to the Internet on page 22. To purchase items or write reviews, you need an Apple ID. By default, iPhone gets your Apple ID information from iTunes. If you dont have an Apple ID, or if you want to make purchases using another Apple ID, go to Settings > Store. See Store on page 212. You dont need an Apple ID to play or download podcasts. 165 Finding Music, Videos, and More Browse content: Tap one of the content categories at the bottom of the screen, such as Music or Videos. Or tap More to browse other content. Choose a sort method at the top of the screenfor example New Releases or Genres (the categories may vary). Search for content:
category, such as Movies, Albums, or Podcasts. Tap an item in a list to see more details on its Info screen. You can read reviews, write your own review, or email a link about the item to a friend. Depending on the item, you can also buy, download, or rent it. Note: If you join a Starbucks Wi-Fi network in a select Starbucks location in the U.S., the Starbucks icon appears at the bottom of the screen. You can preview and purchase the currently playing and other songs from featured Starbucks Collections. 166 Chapter 22 iTunes Store Explore artist and friend recommendations:
excited about. For information, see the following section, Following Artists and Friends. Get Genius recommendations: Tap More, then tap Genius. Following Artists and Friends Use iTunes Ping to connect with the worlds most passionate music fans. Follow favorite artists to learn about new releases and upcoming concerts and tours, get an insiders perspective through their photos and videos, and learn about their musical
theyre buying and which concerts they plan to attend. Finally, express your musical likes and post comments for your own followers.
Open the iTunes application on your Mac or PC, click Ping, and follow the onscreen instructions. Explore iTunes Ping on iPhone: isnt visible), then:
Tap Activity to see the latest from and about the people you follow. Updates include purchases, reviews, likes, comments, and posts. Tap People to see who youre following and whos following you, or to search for artists or friends.
Follow an artist:
By searching: page, then tap Search. Tap the artist in the list of results, then tap Follow.
While browsing: Chapter 22 iTunes Store 167 Follow a friend: using iTunes on your Mac or PC. After that, you can choose to follow others using Ping on iPhone.
By searching: Search. Tap your friends name in the list of matches, then tap Follow.
While exploring Ping: Tap a persons name, then tap Follow.
choose to approve or decline requests to be followed as they arrive, or simply accept all new followers without review (the default). Share your thoughts: As you browse albums and songs, tap Post to comment on a piece of music, or tap Like just to say you like it. Your friends will see your thoughts in their iTunes Ping Activity feed. You can also say you like a song, or comment on it while you listen to it on iPhone. See Additional Audio Controls on page 94. Share concert plans: the artists you follow, and see which of your friends are going to a concert. Tap Tickets to buy your own ticket, or tap Im Going to let others know youll be there too. (Not available in all countries or regions.) Ping can send a text alert, play a sound, or add an alert badge to the iTunes app icon on your iPhone when someone:
Starts following you Needs your approval to follow you Comments on one of your activities Approves your request to follow them 168 Chapter 22 iTunes Store Purchasing Ringtones You can preview and purchase ringtones from the iTunes Store and download them to iPhone. Note: Ringtones may not be available in all countries or regions. Browse for ringtones:
Preview a ringtone: Tap the item to preview. Double-tap the item for more information. Purchase and download a ringtone:
1 Tap the price, then tap Buy Now. 2 When you purchase a ringtone, you can set it as your default ringtone, or assign it to a contact. If you dont have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up. Your purchase is charged to your Apple ID. For additional purchases made within the
You can change your default ringtone or assign individual ringtones to contacts in Settings > Sounds. See Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch on page 191. Ringtones you purchase on iPhone are synced to your iTunes library when you connect iPhone to your computer. You can sync purchased ringtones to more than one iPhone, if theyre all synced using the Apple ID that you used to purchase the ringtones. You cant edit ringtones you purchase from the iTunes Store. You can create custom ringtones in Garage Band. For information, see Garage Band Help. Chapter 22 iTunes Store 169 Purchasing Music or Audiobooks
purchase and download it to iPhone. You can preview an item before you purchase it to make sure its what you want. Preview a song or audiobook: Tap the item. Purchase and download a song, album, or audiobook:
1 Tap the price, then tap Buy. 2 If you dont have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up. Your purchase is charged to your Apple ID. For additional purchases made within the
If you already purchased songs from the album, the price is discounted based on that number of songs. Some albums include bonus content. Bonus songs and music videos are downloaded to iPhone when you purchase the album. Other bonus contentiTunes Extras, iTunes LP, and digital bookletscan be downloaded and viewed only on your computer. To download these items to your iTunes library, choose Store > Check for Available Downloads. Once you purchase an item, it begins downloading and appears on the Downloads screen. See Checking Download Status on page 172. Purchased songs are added to a Purchased playlist on iPhone. If you delete the Purchased playlist, iTunes creates a new one when you buy an item from the iTunes Store.
make purchases. When youre signed in, your remaining store credit appears with your Apple ID information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens. Enter a redemption code: Redeem at the bottom of the screen and follow the onscreen instructions. Complete an album: While viewing any album, tap the discounted price for the
Purchasing or Renting Videos The iTunes Store lets you purchase and download movies, TV shows, and music videos
(may not be available in all countries or regions). Some movies and TV shows can also
Preview a video: Tap Preview. 170 Chapter 22 iTunes Store View the preview on a TV using AirPlay and AppleTV (iOS 4.3): When the preview starts, tap doesnt appear or if you dont see Apple TV, make sure iPhone is on the same wireless network. and choose Apple TV. If Purchase or rent a video:
1 Tap Buy or Rent. 2 If you dont have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up. Your purchase
minutes, you dont have to enter your password again. Once you purchase an item, it begins downloading and appears on the Downloads screen. See Checking Download Status on page 172. Rented movies and TV shows dont begin playing until the download completes. See Watching Rented Movies and TV Shows on page 102. When the download is complete, purchased videos are added to the Purchased playlist on iPhone. Purchased content is synced to the Purchased playlist for your iPhone in iTunes the next time you connect iPhone to your computer. See Syncing Purchased Content on page 173. Note: If you purchase HD video on iPhone 3GS, the video is downloaded in SD format. To view or sync videos in the Purchased playlist in iTunes on your computer, you must be signed in using your Apple ID. Sync purchased videos in iTunes: Connect iPhone to your computer. In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, click the appropriate button (Movies, TV Shows, or Music for music videos), select the items you want to sync, then click Sync. If you purchase a video in HD format, you can choose to sync it in either SD or HD format. You may want to sync an HD video in SD format for a quicker download, or to save room on iPhone. Select SD or HD format: In iTunes, Control-click or right-click a video marked HD-SD
make purchases. When youre signed in, your remaining store credit appears with your Apple ID information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens. Enter a redemption code: Redeem at the bottom of the screen and follow the onscreen instructions. Chapter 22 iTunes Store 171 Streaming or Downloading Podcasts You can listen to audio podcasts or watch video podcasts streamed over the Internet from the iTunes Store. You can also download audio and video podcasts to iPhone. Podcasts you download to iPhone are synced to your iTunes library when you connect iPhone to your computer. icon.
iTunes Store. To see a list of episodes, tap a podcast. Video podcasts are marked with a video Stream a podcast: Tap the podcast title. Download a podcast: Tap the Free button, then tap Download. Downloaded podcasts appear in the Podcasts list in iPod. Listen to or watch a podcast youve downloaded: In iPod, tap Podcasts (tap More
list of videos. Get more episodes of the podcast youve downloaded: In the Podcasts list in iPod, tap the podcast, then tap Get More Episodes. Delete a podcast: In the Podcasts list in iPod, swipe left or right over the podcast, then tap Delete. Checking Download Status You can check the Downloads screen to see the status of in-progress and scheduled downloads, including purchases youve pre-ordered. See the status of items being downloaded: Downloads isnt visible). To pause a download, tap . If a download is interrupted, iPhone starts the download again the next time it has an Internet connection. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the download to your iTunes library (if your computer is connected to the Internet and signed in using the same Apple ID). See the status of pre-ordered items: isnt visible). Pre-ordered items appear in a list until the item is released. Tap the item for release date information. Once the item is available for download, appears next to the download. Download a pre-ordered item: Tap the item, then tap
. Pre-ordered items dont download automatically when theyre released. Return to the Downloads screen to begin the download. 172 Chapter 22 iTunes Store Syncing Purchased Content iTunes automatically syncs everything youve downloaded or purchased on iPhone to your iTunes library when you connect iPhone to your computer. This lets you access the downloads on your computer and provides a backup if you delete purchased content from iPhone. Purchased content is synced to the Purchased on <name of your iPhone> playlist. iTunes creates the playlist if it doesnt exist. iTunes also copies your purchases to the Purchased playlist that iTunes uses for purchases you make on your computer, if that playlist exists and is set to sync with iPhone. Downloaded podcasts are synced to the Podcast list in your iTunes library. Changing the Browse Buttons You can replace the Music, Podcasts, Videos, and Search buttons at the bottom of the screen with ones you use more frequently. For example, if you download audiobooks often but dont watch many videos, you could replace the Videos button with Audiobooks. Change the browse buttons: Tap More, tap Edit, then drag a button to the bottom of the screen, over the button you want to replace. You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them.
While you browse, tap More to access the browse buttons that arent visible. Chapter 22 iTunes Store 173 Viewing Account Information To view iTunes Store information for your Apple ID on iPhone, tap your Apple ID (at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens). Or go to Settings > Store and tap View Apple ID. You must be signed in to view your account information. See Store on page 212. Verifying Downloads You can use iTunes on your computer to verify that all the music, videos, apps, and other items you bought from the iTunes Store or App Store are in your iTunes library. You might want to do this if a download was interrupted. Verify your purchases:
1 Make sure your computer is connected to the Internet. 2 In iTunes, choose Store > Check for Available Downloads. 3 Enter your Apple ID and password, then click Check. Purchases not yet on your computer are downloaded. The Purchased playlist displays your purchases. However, because you can add or remove items in this list, it might not be accurate. To see all of your purchases, sign in using your Apple ID, choose Store > View My Account, and click Purchase History. 174 Chapter 22 iTunes Store App Store 23 About the App Store You can search for, browse, review, purchase, and download apps from the App Store directly to iPhone. Apps that you download and install from the App Store on iPhone are backed up to your iTunes library the next time you sync iPhone with your computer. When you sync iPhone, you can also install apps youve purchased or downloaded from the iTunes Store on your computer. Note: The App Store may not be available in all countries or regions, and App Store content may vary by country or region. Features are subject to change. To browse the App Store, iPhone must be connected to the Internet. See Connecting to the Internet on page 22. To download apps, you also need an Apple ID (may not be available in all countries or regions). By default, iPhone gets your Apple ID settings from iTunes. If you dont have an Apple ID, or if you want to make purchases using another Apple ID, go to Settings > Store. See Store on page 212. 175 Browsing and Searching Browse the featured selections to see new, notable, or recommended apps, or browse
Browse apps: Tap Featured, Categories, or Top 25. Choose a category, or choose a sort method at the top of the screen to browse by lists such as New, Whats Hot, Genius, Top Paid, or Top Free. Browse using Genius: Tap Genius to see a list of recommended apps based on whats already in your app collection. To turn Genius on, follow the onscreen instructions. Genius is a free service, but it requires an Apple ID. Search for apps: tap Search. 176 Chapter 23 App Store Info Screen Tap any app in a list to see more information, such as the apps price, screenshots, and ratings. If you already installed the app, Installed appears instead of the price on the Info screen. View screenshots: Scroll to near the bottom of the Info page. Flick left or right to view additional screenshot pages. Double-tap to zoom in. Get ratings and read reviews: Tap Ratings near the bottom of the Info screen. Email a link to the apps Info page in iTunes: Tap Tell a Friend near the bottom of the Info screen. Report a problem: Tap Report a Problem near the bottom of the Info screen. Select a problem from the list or type optional comments, then tap Report. Send the app to someone as a gift: Tap Gift This App near the bottom of the Info screen, then follow the onscreen instructions. Chapter 23 App Store 177 Downloading Apps
to iPhone. If the app is free, you can download it without charge. Once you download an app, its immediately installed on iPhone. Purchase and download an app:
1 Tap the price (or tap Free), then tap Buy Now. 2 If you dont have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up. Downloads for purchase are charged to your Apple ID. For additional downloads made
Some apps allow you to make purchases within the app. You can restrict in-app purchases in Settings. See Restrictions on page 196.
alerts, and an alert badge on the app icon on the Home screen. See on page 190.
make purchases. When youre signed in, your remaining store credit appears with your Apple ID information at the bottom of most App Store screens. Enter a redemption code: Tap Redeem near the bottom of the Featured screen, then follow the onscreen instructions. See the status of downloading apps: After you begin downloading an app, its icon appears on the Home screen and shows a progress indicator. If a download is interrupted, iPhone starts the download again the next time it has an Internet connection. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the download to your iTunes library (if your computer is connected to the Internet and signed in using the same Apple ID). 178 Chapter 23 App Store Deleting Apps You can delete apps you install from the App Store. If you delete an app, data associated with the app is no longer available to iPhone, unless you reinstall the app and restore its data from a backup. You can reinstall an app and restore its data as long as you backed up iPhone with iTunes on your computer. (If you try to delete an app that hasnt been backed up to your computer, an alert appears.) To retrieve the app data, you must restore iPhone from a backup containing the data. See Restoring from a Backup on page 257. Delete an App Store app:
1 Touch and hold any app icon on the Home screen, until the icons start to jiggle. 2 Tap 3 Tap Delete, then press the Home in the corner of the app you want to delete. button. on the app icon, either the app wasnt purchased from the If you dont see App Store or deleting apps has been restricted. See Restrictions on page 196. When you delete an app, its data is no longer accessible through the iPhone user interface, but it isnt erased from iPhone. For information about erasing all content and settings, see Erase All Content and Settings on page 201. You can redownload any app that youve purchased from the App Store, free of charge. Replace a deleted app:
Purchase the app again (you wont be charged).
In iTunes: Connect iPhone to your computer, select iPhone in the Devices list, click Apps and select the checkbox next to the app, then click Apply. Writing Reviews You can write and submit your own app reviews directly on iPhone. Write a review:
1 Tap Ratings near the bottom of the Info screen. 2 On the Reviews screen, tap Write a Review. 3 Select the number of stars (15) for your rating of the app, and enter your nickname, a title for the review, and optional review comments. If youve written reviews before,
nickname. 4 Tap Send. You must be signed in to your Apple account and have downloaded the item in order to submit reviews. Chapter 23 App Store 179 Updating Apps Whenever you access the App Store, it checks for updates to apps youve installed. The App Store also automatically checks for updates every week. The App Store icon shows the total number of app updates available. If an update is available and you access the App Store, the Updates screen appears immediately. App updates are downloaded and automatically installed when you choose to update them. App upgrades are new releases that can be purchased or downloaded through the App Store on iPhone or the iTunes Store on your computer. Update an app:
1 At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates. 2 Tap an app to see more information about the update. 3 Tap Update. Update all apps: At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates, then tap Update All.
that account ID and password in order to download the update. Syncing Purchased Apps When you connect iPhone to your computer, iTunes syncs apps you download or purchase on iPhone to your iTunes library. This lets you access the downloads on your computer and provides a backup if you delete apps from iPhone. Downloaded apps are backed up the next time you sync with iTunes. Afterwards, only app data is backed up when you sync with iTunes. Apps are synced to the Apps list in your iTunes library. iTunes creates the list if it doesnt exist. 180 Chapter 23 App Store Game Center 24 About Game Center You can discover new games and share your game experiences with friends around
worthy opponents. Check leaderboards to see who the best players are. Earn bonus
Note: Game Center may not be available in all countries or regions, and the available games may vary by country or region. To use Game Center, you need an Internet connection and an Apple ID. If you already have an iTunes Store, MobileMe, or other Apple account, you can use that Apple ID with Game Center. If you dont already have an Apple account, you can create a new one in Game Center, as described below. Setting Up Game Center
alerts, sounds, and badges that let you know about Game Center events even when youre not using Game Center. For example, you might receive an alert that a friend has invited you to play a game.
181
In Settings, choose
Set up Game Center information for your Apple ID:
1 Enter your Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In. You may be asked to provide additional information. If you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one by tapping Create New Account. 2 Tap Agree to accept the Game Center Terms & Conditions. 3 Enter a nicknamethe name others will see and know you by. 4
To allow other users to invite you to play a game, leave Allow Game Invites turned
yours, youll need to respond to the email that is sent to that address. To add more email addresses that people can use to contact you in Game Center, tap Add Another Email. 5 Change Game Center settings for your Apple ID:
1 Tap Me at the bottom of the screen, then tap your account banner. 2 Tap View Account. 3 Make your changes, then tap Done.
1 Tap Me, then tap the account banner at the bottom of the screen. 2 Tap Sign Out. 3 Enter the new Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In. Games Games for Game Center are available from the App Store. Purchasing and Downloading Games The Game Center section of App Store shows the games that work with Game Center. Purchase and download games: Tap Games, then tap Find Game Center Games. 182 Chapter 24 Game Center You can browse this section, and purchase and download games from it. If you havent entered credit card information for your Apple ID, youre prompted to enter it before you purchase and download games. See Chapter 23, App Store, on page 175. If you want to purchase a game that a friend has, tap the game on your friends info screen to go directly to that game in the App Store. Playing Games The Games screen displays the games you download from the App Store. For each game, your number of achievements and your ranking among all the games players are displayed. Get information about a game: Tap Games, then tap a game. If available, you can
whos recently played the game. Play a game: Tap Games, choose a game, then tap Play. Depending on the game, the home screen may provide instructions or other information, and let you view leaderboards and achievements, set game options, and start a single or multiplayer game. To play against others, you can either invite a friend
about making friends in Game Center, see Friends on page 185. For multiplayer games, you can also send a game invitation from the Friends screen. Invite a friend to a multiplayer game from the Friends screen:
1 Tap Friends at the bottom of the screen. 2 Choose a friend. 3 Choose a game and tap Play. If the game allows or requires additional players, you can choose players to invite, then tap Next. Chapter 24 Game Center 183 4 Enter and send your invitation, then wait for the others to accept. 5 Start the game. If a friend isnt available or doesnt respond to your invitation, you can tap Auto-Match
some other friend. Other players may invite you to play the game. Respond to an invitation to play a game: Tap Accept or Decline in the alert that appears. You can disable multiplayer games in Restrictions. See Restrictions on page 196.
Game Invites in Game Center settings. See Your Status and Account Information on page 186. Return to Game Center: Press the Home button, then tap Game Center on the Home screen. You can also press the Home button twice quickly, then tap Game Center in the list of recent apps. Leaderboards Some games provide one or more leaderboards to show the ranking of the games players, with their scores, times, or other measures of the players success. See a games leaderboard: Tap Games, then choose the game and tap Leaderboard. You may also be able to view leaderboards from within a game. If a game has variations (such as Easy, Normal, and Hard), the Categories screen lets you choose the leaderboard for the game in general, or for one of the variations. The leaderboard shows the ranking of your friends, and of all players. You may be able
Rotate iPhone to see a leaderboard in landscape orientation. Start playing a game from the leaderboard: Tap Play in the upper-right corner. Achievements
See the possible achievements for a game: Tap Games, choose a game, then tap Achievements. For each achievement, Game Center shows how many bonus points are awarded, and whether youve completed the achievement. The total points awarded for your
only once. You may also be able to view achievements from within a game. 184 Chapter 24 Game Center Recently Played Some games let you see which of your friends have recently played the game. See whos recently played a game: Tap Games, tap a game, then tap Recently Played. Get information about a player: Tap a players name in the list. Friends Game Center puts you in contact with players around the world. You add friends to Game Center by making a request, or by accepting a request from another player. Add a friend to Game Center:
1 Tap Friends or Requests. 2 Tap +, then enter a friends email address or Game Center nickname. Matching addresses and names from your contacts appear as you type. Tap a contact to include that person in your request. Tap To add several friends at once, enter additional contacts. to browse your contacts. 3 Enter a message for your request, then tap Send. In order to become a friend, a person must accept your request. Other players might send you a request. If you receive an alert, you can accept the request from there, or close it and respond to the request later from the Request screen. An alert badge on the Requests button shows the number of outstanding friend requests. Respond to a friend request: Tap Requests, tap the name of the person making the request, then tap Accept, Ignore, or Report a Problem. When a player accepts another players request, they each become the others friend. Friends names appear on the Friends screen. Get information about a friend: Tap the friends name. Search for a friend: Tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the
A friends info page shows how many friends (including you) the person has, the
friend has completed. The info screen may also show:
The games youve played together The games you have in common Other games your friend has You can tap a game in any of the lists to see your position and your friends position on the overall leaderboard, and your respective accomplishments for the game. Chapter 24 Game Center 185 Invite a friend to play a game: Tap Friends, tap the friends name, tap a game, then tap Play. See Playing Games on page 183. Remove a friend: Tap Friends, tap a name, then tap Unfriend and tap Remove.
Report a problem with a friend: Tap Friends, tap the friends name, then tap Report a Problem. Describe the problem, then tap Report to send the report.
play games. See Restrictions on page 196. Your Status and Account Information The Me screen summarizes information about your friends, your games, and your achievements.
Your status appears along with your nickname in other players Friends screens. Change your status: your status. View your account information: Tap the account banner, then tap View Account. You can change or update the following settings:
Nickname Allow game invites Find Me By Email Your mail address for Game Center Additional email addresses
Sign out: Tap the account banner, then tap Sign Out. To sign in to another account, enter your username and password, then tap Sign In. To create a new account, tap Create New Account and follow the onscreen instructions. 186 Chapter 24 Game Center Settings 25
network connection, and enter other preferences for iPhone. appears in the status bar at the top of the screen. No Airplane Mode Airplane mode disables the wireless features of iPhone to reduce potential interference with aircraft operation and other electrical equipment. Turn on airplane mode: Tap Settings and turn airplane mode on. When airplane mode is on, phone, radio, Wi-Fi, or Bluetooth signals are emitted from iPhone and GPS reception is
Make or receive phone calls Make or receive FaceTime video calls Get visual voicemail Send or receive email Browse the Internet Sync your contacts, calendars, or bookmarks (MobileMe only) with MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange Send or receive text or MMS messages Stream YouTube videos Get stock quotes Get map locations Get weather reports Use the iTunes Store or the App Store Use Game Center
187 If allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can continue to use iPhone to:
Listen to music and watch videos Listen to visual voicemail previously received Check your calendar Take or view photos or video (iPhone 4 or later) Hear alarms Use the stopwatch or timer Use the calculator Take notes Record voice memos Use Compass Read text messages and email messages stored on iPhone If Wi-Fi is available and allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can turn Wi-Fi back on and:
Make or receive FaceTime video calls Send and receive email Browse the Internet Sync your contacts, calendars, and bookmarks (MobileMe only) with MobileMe and Microsoft Exchange Stream YouTube videos Get stock quotes Get map locations Get weather reports Use the iTunes Store or the App Store Use Game Center
You may also be allowed to turn on Bluetooth and use Bluetooth devices with iPhone. 188 Chapter 25 Settings Wi-Fi Wi-Fi settings determine whether iPhone uses local Wi-Fi networks to connect to the
connects to the Internet via your cellular data network, when available.
Join a Wi-Fi network: Choose Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPhone detects networks in range, then select a network. If necessary, enter a password and tap Join (networks that require a password appear with a lock Once you join a Wi-Fi network manually, iPhone automatically joins it whenever the network is in range. If more than one previously used network is in range, iPhone joins the one last used. icon). icon in the status bar at the top When iPhone is joined to a Wi-Fi network, the Wi-Fi of the screen shows signal strength. The more bars you see, the stronger the signal. Set iPhone to ask if you want to join a new network: Choose Wi-Fi and turn Ask to
When youre trying to access the Internet, by using Safari or Mail for example, and you arent in range of a Wi-Fi network youve previously used, this option tells iPhone to look for another network. iPhone displays a list of all available Wi-Fi networks that you can choose from. (Networks that require a password appear with a lock icon.) If Ask
Internet when a previously used network or a cellular data network isnt available. Forget a network, so iPhone doesnt join it: Choose Wi-Fi and tap network youve joined before. Then tap Forget this Network. Join a closed Wi-Fi network: To join a Wi-Fi network that isnt shown in the list of scanned networks, choose Wi-Fi > Other, then enter the network name. If the network requires a password, tap Security, tap the type of security the network uses, and enter the password. You must already know the network name, password, and security type to connect to a closed network. next to a Some Wi-Fi networks may require you to enter or adjust additional settings, such as a client ID or static IP address. Ask the network administrator which settings to use. Adjust settings for connecting to a Wi-Fi network: Choose Wi-Fi, then tap a network. next to VPN
Network on page 193. Chapter 25 Settings 189 Personal Hotspot Personal Hotspot settings appear at the top level of Settings, as well as at General >
Network settings. See Network on page 193. Note: Depending on your carrier, the Personal Hotpost service may need to be activated before the settings appear in this location.
This setting appears when you open an app (such as Game Center) that uses the
on the app icon on the Home screen.
conserve battery life.
Carrier This setting appears on GSM models when youre outside your carriers network and other local carrier data networks are available to use for your phone calls, visual voicemail, and cellular network Internet connections. You can make calls only on carriers that have a roaming agreement with your carrier. Additional fees may apply. Roaming charges may be billed to you by the other carrier, through your carrier. For information about out-of-network coverage and how to enable roaming, contact your carrier or go to your carriers website. Select a carrier: Choose Carrier and select the network you want to use. Once you select a network, iPhone uses only that network. If the network is unavailable, No service appears on the iPhone screen and you cant make or receive calls or visual voicemail, or connect to the Internet via cellular data network. Set Network Settings to Automatic to have iPhone select a network for you. 190 Chapter 25 Settings Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch Switch between ring and silent mode: Flip the Ring/Silent switch on the side of iPhone.
however, play alarms set using Clock.
Note: played even if the Ring/Silent switch is set to silent. Set whether iPhone vibrates when you get a call: Choose Sounds. To set whether iPhone vibrates in silent mode, turn Vibrate under Silent
iPhone vibrates in ring mode, turn Vibrate under Ring Adjust the ringer and alerts volume: Choose Sounds and drag the slider. Or, if Change with Buttons is turned on, use the volume buttons on the side of iPhone. The volume buttons dont change the ringer and alerts volume if a song or video is playing or if youre on a call. Allow the volume buttons to change the ringer or alerts volume: Choose Sounds and turn on Change with Buttons. Set the ringtone: Choose Sounds > Ringtone.
Ring
You can set iPhone to play a sound whenever you:
Get a call Get a text message Get a voicemail message Get an email message Send an email message Have an appointment that youve set to alert you Lock iPhone Type using the keyboard
. When the Ring/Silent switch is set to ring, iPhone plays sounds for alerts and Brightness
need to recharge iPhone, or use Auto-Brightness. Adjust the screen brightness: Choose Brightness and drag the slider. Set whether iPhone adjusts screen brightness automatically: Choose Brightness
brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor. Chapter 25 Settings 191 Wallpaper Wallpaper settings let you set an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen or Home screen. See Adding Wallpaper on page 36. General General settings include network, sharing, security, and other iOS settings. You can also
About Choose General > About to get information about iPhone, including:
GSM Models: IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) and ICCID (Integrated Name of your phone network Number of songs, videos, photos, and apps Total storage capacity Space available Software version Carrier Model and serial numbers Wi-Fi and Bluetooth addresses
CDMA Model:
Legal information
Regulatory information
Usage Show battery percentage: Choose General > Usage and turn Battery Percentage on. See your usage statistics: Choose General > Usage. There, you can see:
UsageAmount of time iPhone has been awake and in use since the last full charge. iPhone is awake whenever youre using itincluding making or receiving phone calls, using email, sending or receiving text messages, listening to music, browsing the web, or using any other iPhone features. iPhone is also awake while performing background tasks, such as fetching email messages. StandbyAmount of time iPhone has been powered on since its last full charge, including the time iPhone has been asleep. Current period call time and lifetime call time. Amount of data sent and received over the cellular data network.
192 Chapter 25 Settings Reset your usage statistics: Choose General > Usage, then tap Reset Statistics to clear the data and cumulative time statistics. The statistics for the amount of time iPhone has been unlocked and in standby mode arent reset. Network
Choose General > Network, then tap to turn 3G on
Using 3G loads Internet data faster in some cases, but may decrease battery
extend battery performance.
Choose General > Network, then turn Cellular Data on
Wi-Fi network. By default, Cellular Data is turned on.
Choose General > Network, then turn Data Roaming
Data Roaming turns on Internet and visual voicemail access over a cellular data network when youre in an area not covered by your carriers network. For example,
Choose General > Network > Personal Hotspot,
See Personal Hotspot on page 24.
Choose General > Network > VPN > Add VPN
VPNs used within organizations allow you to communicate private information
to access your work email on iPhone. iPhone can connect to VPNs that use the L2TP, PPTP, or Cisco IPSec protocols. VPN works over both Wi-Fi and cellular data network connections. Ask your network administrator which settings to use. In most cases, if youve set up VPN on your computer, you can use the same VPN settings for iPhone. Once you enter VPN settings, a VPN switch appears in the Settings menu that you can
Connecting to the Internet on page 22. Chapter 25 Settings 193
Choose General > Network > VPN and tap the
Choose General > Network > VPN, tap the blue
Bluetooth iPhone can connect wirelessly to Bluetooth devices such as headsets, headphones, and car kits for music listening and hands-free talking. See Using a Bluetooth Device for Calls on page 67.
Using an Apple
on page 40.
Location Services Location services lets apps such as Maps, Camera, Compass, and third-party location-
based apps gather and use data indicating your location. The location data collected
location is determined using available information from cellular network data, local Wi-Fi networks (if you have Wi-Fi turned on), and GPS (may not be available in all locations). When an app is using location services, appears in the status bar. Every app that uses location services appears in the Location Services settings screen,
appears for each app that has requested your location within the last 24 hours. You can turn location
use this feature.
Choose General > Location Services and
individual apps. If you have third-party apps on iPhone that use location services, review the third partys terms and privacy policy to understand how that app uses your location data.
194 Chapter 25 Settings Spotlight Search The Spotlight Search setting lets you specify the content areas searched by Search, and rearrange the order of the results. Set which content areas are searched by Search:
1 Choose General > Spotlight Search. 2 Tap an item to select or deselect it. All search categories are selected by default. Set the order of search result categories:
1 Choose General > Spotlight Search. 2 Touch next to an item, then drag up or down. Auto-Lock
operation of iPhone. You can still receive calls and text messages, and you can adjust the volume and use the mic button on the iPhone earphones when listening to music or on a call. Set the amount of time before iPhone locks: Choose General > Auto-Lock, then choose a time. Passcode Lock By default, iPhone doesnt require you to enter a passcode to unlock it. Setting a passcode enables data protection. See Security Features on page 50. Important: On iPhone 3GS, you must also restore iOS software to enable data protection. See Restoring iPhone on page 257. Set a passcode: Choose General > Passcode Lock and enter a 4-digit passcode, then enter the passcode again to verify it. iPhone then requires you to enter the passcode to unlock it or to display the passcode lock settings.
Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, and
Change the passcode: Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, and tap Change Passcode. Enter your passcode again, then enter and reenter your new passcode. If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPhone software. See Updating and Restoring iPhone Software on page 256. Set how long before your passcode is required: Choose General > Passcode Lock and enter your passcode. Tap Require Passcode, then select how long iPhone can be locked before you need to enter a passcode to unlock it. Chapter 25 Settings 195
Choose General > Passcode Lock, then turn Simple
and use a longer passcode with a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and special characters.
Choose General > Passcode Lock, then turn Voice Dial on
Erase data after ten failed passcode attempts: Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, and tap Erase Data to turn it on. After ten failed passcode attempts, all settings are reset, and all your information and media are erased by removing the encryption key to the data (which is encrypted using 256-bit AES encryption). Restrictions You can set restrictions for the use of some apps and for iPod content on iPhone. For
YouTube access entirely. Turn on restrictions:
1 Choose General > Restrictions, then tap Enable Restrictions. 2 Enter a four-digit passcode. 3 Reenter the passcode.
Choose General > Restrictions, then enter the passcode. Tap Disable Restrictions, then reenter the passcode. Important: If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPhone software from iTunes. See Updating and Restoring iPhone Software on page 256. Set app restrictions: Set the restrictions you want by tapping individual controls on or
its use. Safari is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot use Safari to browse the web or access web clips. Other third-party apps may allow web browsing even if Safari is disabled. YouTube is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. Camera is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot take photos. Safari YouTube Camera 196 Chapter 25 Settings You cannot make or receive FaceTime video calls (iPhone 4). The iTunes Store is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot preview, purchase, or download content. You cannot access Ping or any of its features. The App Store is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot install apps on iPhone. You cannot delete apps from iPhone. customizing the Home screen. doesnt appear on app icons when youre The current Location Services settings and the Find My iPhone setting (in MobileMe accounts in Mail, Contacts, Calendars) are locked and cannot be changed. The current Mail, Contacts, Calendar settings are locked and you cannot add, modify, or delete accounts. FaceTime iTunes Ping Installing Apps Deleting Apps Location Accounts Restrict purchases within apps: allows you to purchase additional content or functionality within apps downloaded from the App Store. Set content restrictions: Tap Ratings For, then select a country from the list. You can then set restrictions using that countrys ratings system for the following categories of content:
Music & Podcasts Movies TV Shows Apps In the United States for example, to allow only movies rated PG or below, tap Movies, then select PG from the list. Content that you restrict wont appear on iPhone. Note: Not all countries or regions have rating systems. Chapter 25 Settings 197 Restrict multiplayer games:
invitations to play games, or add friends in Game Center. Restrict adding friends:
If Multiplayer Games is turned on, you can continue to play with existing friends. Date and Time These settings apply to the time shown in the status bar at the top of the screen, and in world clocks and calendars. Set whether iPhone shows 24-hour time or 12-hour time: Choose General > Date
countries or regions.) Set whether iPhone updates the date and time automatically: Choose General >
If iPhone is set to update the time automatically, it gets the correct time over the cellular network and updates it for the time zone youre in. Some carriers dont support network time in all locations. If youre traveling, iPhone may not be able to automatically set the local time. Set the date and time manually: Choose General > Date & Time, then turn Set
Tap the Date & Time button, then tap Set Date & Time and enter the date and time. Keyboard
By default, iPhone capitalizes words after you type sentence-ending punctuation or a return character.
Normally, if the default keyboard for the language you select has a dictionary, iPhone suggests corrections or completed words as you type.
Spell checking underlines misspelled words in text you type. Tap the underlined word to see suggested corrections. Spell checking is on by default. Set whether caps lock is enabled:
If caps lock is enabled and you double-tap the Shift you type are uppercase. The Shift key turns blue when caps lock is on. key on the keyboard, all letters 198 Chapter 25 Settings
The . shortcut lets you double-tap the space bar to enter a period followed by a space when youre typing. Its on by default. Add international keyboards:
1 The number of active keyboards appears before the right arrow. 2
, then tap Delete. You can add as many keyboards as you want. To learn about using international keyboards, see Appendix A, , on page 248. Edit your keyboard list: tap Edit and do one of the following:
To delete a keyboard, tap
To reorder the list, drag Change a keyboards layout:
screen software and external hardware keyboards for each language. The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard that appears on the iPhone screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the layout of an Apple
next to a keyboard to a new place in the list.
Chinese - Traditional (Pinyin) Chinese - Traditional (Zhuyin) Japanese (Romaji)
The Edit User Dictionary setting appears when you have any of the following keyboards turned on:
Add a word to the dictionary:
You can have multiple inputs for each word, depending on the keyboards that are turned on. See Appendix A, , on page 248. Chapter 25 Settings 199 International
country or region. Set the language for iPhone: Choose General > International > Language, choose the language you want to use, then tap Done. Set the Voice Control language for iPhone: Choose General > International > Voice Control, then choose a language. Add international keyboards:
1 The number of active keyboards appears next to the right arrow. 2
, then tap Delete. next to a keyboard to a new place in the list. You can add as many keyboards as you want. To learn about using international keyboards, see Appendix A, , on page 248. Edit your keyboard list: and do one of the following:
To delete a keyboard, tap
To reorder the list, drag Change a keyboard layout: and select a keyboard. You can make separate selections for both the on-screen software and external hardware keyboards for each language. The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard that appears on the iPhone screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the virtual layout of an
Set the date, time, and telephone number formats: Choose General > International >
Region Format, and choose your region. The Region Format also determines the language used for the days and months that appear in native iPhone apps. Set the calendar format: Choose General > International > Calendar, and choose the format. Accessibility To turn on accessibility features, choose Accessibility and choose the features you want. See Chapter 29, Accessibility, on page 229. 200 Chapter 25 Settings
Resetting iPhone Reset all settings: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset All Settings. All your preferences and settings are reset. Information (such as contacts and
Erase all content and settings: Connect iPhone to your computer or a power adapter. Choose General > Reset and tap Erase All Content and Settings. This resets all settings, and erases all your information and media by removing the encryption key to the data (which is encrypted using 256-bit AES encryption). Reset network settings: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Network Settings. When you reset network settings, your list of previously used networks and VPN
then back on, disconnecting you from any network youre on. The Wi-Fi and Ask to Join Networks settings are left turned on.
Reset the keyboard dictionary: Dictionary. You add words to the keyboard dictionary by rejecting words iPhone suggests as you type. Tap a word to reject the correction and add the word to the keyboard dictionary. Resetting the keyboard dictionary erases all words youve added. Reset the Home screen layout: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Home Screen Layout. Reset location warnings: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Location Warnings. Location warnings are requests made by apps (such as Camera, Compass, and Maps)
the app makes a request to use location services. If you tap Cancel in response to the request, the request isnt presented again. To reset the location warnings so that you get a request for each app again, tap Reset Location Warnings. Chapter 25 Settings 201 Mail, Contacts, Calendars
services (such as mail, contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes) for iPhone:
Microsoft Exchange (mail, contacts, and calendars) MobileMe (mail, contacts, calendars, bookmarks, notes, and Find My iPhone) Google (mail, calendars, and notes) Yahoo! (mail, calendars, and notes) AOL (mail and notes) Other POP and IMAP mail systems LDAP or CardDAV accounts for Contacts CalDAV or iCalendar (.ics) accounts for Calendars Accounts
appear depend on the type of account youre setting up. Your service provider or system administrator should be able to provide the information you need to enter. For more information, see:
Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts on page 25
Adding Contacts on page 213
Change an accounts settings: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, choose an account, then make the changes you want. Subscribing to Calendars on page 116 Changes you make to an accounts settings on iPhone arent synced to your computer,
settings on your computer. Stop using an account service: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, choose an account,
account service until you turn it back on. Adjust advanced settings: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, choose an account, then do one of the following:
To set whether drafts, sent messages, and deleted messages are stored on iPhone or
tap Advanced and choose Drafts Mailbox, Sent Mailbox, or Deleted Mailbox. If you store messages on iPhone, you can see them even when iPhone isnt connected to the Internet. 202 Chapter 25 Settings
To set how long before messages are removed permanently from Mail on iPhone, tap Advanced and tap Remove, then choose a time: Never, or after one day, one week, or one month.
To adjust email server settings, tap Host Name, User Name, or Password under Incoming Mail Server or Outgoing Mail Server. Ask your network administrator or Internet service provider for the correct settings.
To adjust SSL and password settings, tap Advanced. Ask your network administrator or Internet service provider for the correct settings. Delete an account from iPhone: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, choose an account, then scroll down and tap Delete Account. Deleting an account means you can no longer access the account with your iPhone. All email and the contacts, calendar, and bookmark information synced with the account are removed from iPhone. However, deleting an account doesnt remove the account or its associated information from your computer. Fetch New Data
and any other push accounts on iPhone. Push accounts deliver new information to iPhone whenever new information appears on the server (some delays may occur).
or to conserve battery life.
fetchedthat is, iPhone can check with the server and see if new information is available. Use the Fetch New Data setting to determine how often data is requested. For optimal battery life, dont fetch too often. Turn Push on: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Fetch New Data, then tap to turn Push on. Set the interval to fetch data: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Fetch New Data, then choose how often you want to fetch data for all accounts. To conserve battery life, fetch less frequently. Setting Push to OFF (or setting Fetch to Manually on the Fetch New Data screen) overrides individual account settings. Chapter 25 Settings 203 Mail Mail settings, except where noted, apply to all accounts youve set up on iPhone.
Set the number of messages shown on iPhone: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars >
Show, then choose a setting. Choose to see the most recent 25, 50, 75, 100, or 200 messages. To download additional messages when youre in Mail, scroll to the bottom of your inbox and tap Load More Messages. Note: For Microsoft Exchange accounts, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars and choose the Exchange account. Tap Mail days to sync and choose the number of days of mail you want to sync with the server. Set how many lines of each message are shown in the message list: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Preview, then choose a setting.
messages in a mailbox and get an idea of what each message is about. Set a minimum font size for messages: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Minimum Font Size, then choose Small, Medium, Large, Extra Large, or Giant. Set whether iPhone shows To and Cc labels in message lists: Choose Mail, Contacts,
If Show To/Cc Label is on, were sent the message directly, or as a copy.
Choose Mail,
Set whether iPhone automatically loads remote images: Choose Mail, Contacts,
Set whether mail messages are organized by thread: Choose Mail, Contacts,
Set whether iPhone sends you a copy of every message you send: Choose Mail,
Add a signature to your messages: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Signature, then type a signature. You can set iPhone to add a signatureyour favorite quote, or your name, title, and phone number, for exampleto the bottom of every message you send. Set the default email account: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Default Account, then choose an account. This setting determines which of your accounts an email message is sent from when you create a message from another iPhone appfor example, when you send a photo from Photos or tap the email address of a business in Maps. To send the message from
next to each message in a list shows whether you or 204 Chapter 25 Settings Contacts Set how contacts are sorted: Choose Mail Contacts, Calendars, then under Contacts tap Sort Order and do one of the following:
tap First, Last.
tap Last, First. Set how contacts are displayed: Choose Mail Contacts, Calendars, then under Contacts tap Display Order and do one of the following:
tap First, Last.
tap Last, First. Import contacts from a SIM card (GSM models): Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then tap Import SIM Contacts. The contact information on the SIM card is imported to iPhone. If Contacts is enabled for MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, or a CardDAV account, youre asked to choose which account you want to add the SIM contacts to. Calendars Set alerts to sound when you receive a meeting invitation: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, and under Calendar, tap New Invitation Alerts to turn it on. Set how far back in the past to show your calendar events on iPhone: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Sync, then choose a period of time. Turn on Calendar time zone support: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Time Zone Support, then turn Time Zone Support on. Select a time zone for calendars by tapping Time Zone and entering the name of a major city. When Time Zone Support is on, Calendar displays event dates and times in the time
in the time zone of your current location as determined by the network time. Set a default calendar: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, and under Calendar, tap Default Calendar to choose the default calendar for new events. This setting appears when more than one calendar is synced to iPhone. Important: Some carriers dont support network time in all locations. If youre traveling, iPhone may not display events or sound alerts at the correct local time. To manually set the correct time, see Date and Time on page 198. Notes The Default Account setting appears when you set up more than one account that syncs notes. Set which account a new note is assigned to: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, and under Notes, tap Default Account and choose an account. Chapter 25 Settings 205 Phone
password, and other things. Some settings are available only on GSM models, as noted. Additional fees may apply. Contact your carrier for pricing and availability. FaceTime Activate or deactivate FaceTime (iPhone 4): your phone number will be shared with people you call. Call Forwarding Forward your calls (GSM models):
1 Choose Phone > Call Forwarding and turn Call Forwarding on. 2 On the Forward to screen, enter the phone number you want calls forwarded to. For more information about call forwarding, including how to forward calls on a CDMA model, see Call Forwarding on page 70. Call Waiting Activate or deactivate call waiting (GSM models): Choose Phone > Call Waiting, then
For more information about call waiting, including how to activate or deactivate call waiting on a CDMA model, see Call Waiting on page 71. Show My Caller ID Show or hide your caller ID (GSM models): Choose Phone > Show My Caller ID, then
For more information about caller ID, including how to show or hide your caller ID on a CDMA model, see Caller ID on page 71. Using iPhone with a Teletype (TTY) Machine In some countries or regions, Teletype (TTY) machines are used by deaf or hearing-
impaired people to communicate by typing and reading text. You can use iPhone with a TTY machine if you have the iPhone TTY Adapter cable, available for purchase separately in many countries. Go to www.apple.com/store (may not be available in all countries or regions) or check with your local Apple retailer. Connect iPhone to a TTY machine: Choose Phone, then turn TTY on. Then connect iPhone to your TTY machine using the iPhone TTY Adapter. For information about using a TTY machine, see the documentation that came with the machine. For information about other accessibility features of iPhone, see Chapter 29, Accessibility, on page 229. 206 Chapter 25 Settings Calling from Abroad
In Settings, tap Phone, then turn International Assist on. This lets you make calls to your home country using the numbers in your contacts and favorites lists, without having to add a
For more information, see Using iPhone Abroad on page 73. Changing Your Voicemail Password A voicemail password helps prevent others from access your voicemail. You need to enter the password only when youre calling in to get your messages from another phone. You wont need to enter the password when using voicemail on iPhone. Change your voicemail password: Choose Phone > Change Voicemail Password. Locking Your SIM Card You can lock your SIM card (GSM models) so it cant be used without a Personal
turn it back on again. Some carriers require a SIM PIN in order to use iPhone. Important: If you enter the PIN incorrectly three times, you may need to enter a
documentation or contact your carrier. Some cellular networks may not accept an emergency call from iPhone if the SIM card is locked.
1 2 default PIN. Change the PIN for your SIM card:
1 Choose Phone > SIM PIN. 2 Turn SIM PIN on, then tap Change PIN. 3 Enter your current PIN, then enter your new PIN. 4 Accessing Your Carriers Services Depending on your carrier, you may be able to access some of your carriers services directly from iPhone. For example, you may be able to check your bill balance, call directory assistance, or view how many minutes you have left. Access your carriers services: Choose Phone. Then scroll down and tap the button for your carriers services. When you request information such as your bill balance, your carrier may provide the
for these services. Chapter 25 Settings 207 Safari Safari settings let you select your Internet search engine, set security options, and for developers, turn on debugging. General Select a search engine: Choose Safari > Search Engine and select the search engine you want to use.
and passwords you previously entered, or both. Enable AutoFill: Choose Safari > AutoFill, then do one of the following:
To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, then choose My Info and select the contact you want to use.
To use information from names and passwords, turn Names & Passwords on. When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you
To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All. Security By default, Safari is set to show features of the web, such as some movies, animation, and web apps. You may wish to change security settings to help protect iPhone from possible security risks on the Internet. Change security settings: Choose Safari, then do one of the following:
To be warned when visiting potentially fraudulent websites, turn Fraud Warning on. Fraud warning protects you from potentially fraudulent Internet sites. When you visit a suspicious site, Safari warns you about its suspect nature and doesnt load the page.
To enable or disable JavaScript, JavaScript lets web programmers control elements of the pagefor example, a page that uses JavaScript might display the current date and time or cause a linked page to appear in a pop-up.
To block or allow pop-ups, pop-ups that appear when you close a page or open a page by typing its address. It doesnt block pop-ups that open when you tap a link.
To set whether Safari accepts cookies, tap Accept Cookies and choose Never, From visited, or Always. A cookie is a piece of information that a website puts on iPhone so the website can remember you when you visit again. That way, webpages can be customized for you based on information you may have provided. Some pages wont work correctly unless iPhone is set to accept cookies. 208 Chapter 25 Settings
To clear a database, tap Databases, then tap Edit. Tap next to a database, then tap Delete. Some web apps use databases to store app information on iPhone.
To clear the history of webpages youve visited, tap Clear History.
To clear all cookies from Safari, tap Clear Cookies.
To clear the browser cache, tap Clear Cache. The browser cache stores the content of pages so the pages open faster the next time you visit them. If a page you open doesnt show new content, clearing the cache may help. Developer The debug console can help you resolve webpage errors. If its turned on, the console appears when a webpage error occurs.
Choose Safari > Developer, and turn Debug
Messages Use Messages settings to adjust settings for SMS and MMS messages. Note: The MMS Messaging and Show Subject Field settings dont appear if MMS isnt supported by your carrier. Choose whether or not to see a preview of messages on the Home screen: Choose
Set how many times to play the message alert (iOS 4.3): Choose Messages, then tap Play Alert Tone and set the number of times the alert appears if you dont respond.
Choose Messages and turn MMS Messaging on or
images or audio.
Choose Messages and turn Group Messaging on or
Show a subject line for messages you send or receive: Choose Messages and turn Show Subject Field on. Show a character count for messages you send or receive: Choose Messages and turn Character Count on. The character count includes all charactersincluding spaces, punctuation, and returnsand appears as you type when your message exceeds two lines. Chapter 25 Settings 209 iPod Use iPod Settings to adjust settings for music and video playback on your iPod. Music Music settings apply to songs, podcasts, and audiobooks.
the currently playing song. Set iTunes to play songs at the same sound level: In iTunes, choose iTunes >
Preferences if youre using a Mac, or Edit > Preferences if youre using a PC. Then click Playback and select Sound Check. Set iPhone to use the iTunes volume settings (Sound Check): Choose iPod and turn Sound Check on. Use the equalizer to customize the sound on iPhone: Choose iPod > EQ and choose a setting. Set a volume limit for music and videos: Choose iPod > Volume Limit and drag the slider to adjust the maximum volume. Tap Lock Volume Limit to assign a code to prevent the setting from being changed. Setting a volume limit only limits the volume for music (including podcasts and audiobooks) and videos (including rented movies and TV shows), and only when headphones, earphones, or speakers are connected to the headset jack on iPhone. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone. Show song lyrics and podcast information: Choose iPod and turn Lyrics & Podcast Info on. Video Video settings apply to video content, including rented movies and TV shows. You can set where to resume playing videos that you previously started, turn closed captioning
Set where to resume playing videos: Choose iPod > Start Playing, then select whether you want videos that you previously started watching to resume playing from
Note: Not all video content is encoded for closed captioning. 210 Chapter 25 Settings TV Out Use these settings to control how iPhone plays videos on your TV.
Set TV signal to NTSC or PAL: Choose iPod > TV Signal and select NTSC or PAL. NTSC and PAL are TV broadcast standards. iPhone displays NTSC 480p/PAL 576p when attached to a TV using a Component AV Cable, or NTSC 480i/PAL 576i using a Composite AV Cable. Your TV might use NTSC or PAL, depending on where you bought it. If youre not sure which to use, check the documentation that came with your TV. For more information about using iPhone to play videos on your TV, see Watching Videos on a TV on page 102. Photos Slideshow Use the Slideshow settings to specify how slideshows display your photos. Set the length of time each slide is shown: Choose Photos > Play Each Slide For and select the length of time.
Set whether to repeat slideshows: Set photos to appear randomly or in order: HDR The HDR setting on iPhone 4 lets you choose whether to save the normal-exposure photo in addition to the HDR version of a photo when HDR is turned on. See Taking Photos and Recording Videos on page 126. Choose whether to save both the normal-exposure version and the HDR version of photos (iPhone 4):
If you save both versions, when the controls are visible. appears in the upper-left corner of the HDR photo Notes Use Notes settings to change the font used to display your notes, and to set the default account for notes you add on iPhone. Change the font: Choose Notes, then select the font you want to use. Set the default account for new notes: Choose Notes and tap Default Account. Then select an account, or tap On My iPhone if you dont want notes you add on iPhone to be synced with an account. Chapter 25 Settings 211 Store Use Store settings to sign in to an Apple account, create a new Apple account, or edit an existing one. If you have more than one Apple account, you can use Store settings to sign out from one and in to another. By default, the Apple account that appears in Store settings is the one youre signed in to when you sync iPhone with your computer. Sign in to an Apple account: Choose Store, tap Sign In, then tap Use Existing Apple ID and enter your Apple ID and password. View and edit your account information: Choose Store, tap your Apple ID, then tap View Apple ID. Tap an item to edit it. To change your account password, tap the
Choose Store, tap Sign Out, then tap Sign In. Create a new Apple ID: Choose Store, tap Sign In, then tap Create New Apple ID and follow the onscreen instructions. Nike + iPod Use Nike + iPod settings to activate and customize the Nike + iPod app. See Chapter 27, Nike + iPod, on page 219. 212 Chapter 25 Settings Contacts 26 About Contacts Contacts makes it easy to call, email, or text your friends and associates. You can add contacts directly on iPhone, or sync contacts from applications on your computer. If you have a MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange account with Contacts enabled, or a supported CardDAV account, you can sync your contacts over the air without connecting iPhone to your computer. You can open Contacts from the Home screen, or from the Phone app. Adding Contacts You can add contacts to iPhone in the following ways:
In iTunes, sync contacts from Google or Yahoo!, or sync with applications on your computer (see iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes on page 54) Set up a MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange account on iPhone, with Contacts enabled (see Setting Up MobileMe Accounts on page 26 or Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts on page 27)
www.apple.com/iphone/business) Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account on iPhone Enter contacts directly on iPhone Import contacts from a SIM card (GSM models)
The number of contacts you can add is limited only by the amount of memory on iPhone. 213 Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account:
1 In Settings, tap Mail Contacts, Calendars, then tap Add Account. 2 Tap Other, then tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account. 3 Enter your account information and tap Next to verify the account. 4 Tap Save. When you set up an LDAP account, you can view and search for contacts on your company or organizations LDAP server. The server appears as a new group in Contacts. Since LDAP contacts arent downloaded to iPhone, you must have an Internet
settings and other requirements (such as VPN). When you set up a CardDAV account, your account contacts are synced with iPhone over the air. If its supported, you can also search for contacts on your company or organizations CardDAV server. Import contacts from another phones SIM card (GSM models only): In Settings, tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then tap Import SIM Contacts. The contact information on the SIM card is imported to iPhone. If you have Contacts enabled for both MobileMe and Microsoft Exchange, youre asked to choose which account you want to add the SIM contacts to. Important: iPhone doesnt store contacts on its SIM card. Searching Contacts
a Microsoft Exchange account set up on iPhone, you may also be able to search your enterprise Global Address List (GAL) for contacts in your organization. If you have an LDAP account on iPhone, you can search contacts on your organizations LDAP server. If you have a CardDAV account, you can search contacts synced to iPhone, or searchable contacts on a supported CardDAV server.
contacts with matching information appear immediately. Search contacts: and enter your search. (To scroll quickly to the top of the list, tap the status bar.) Search a GAL: Tap Groups, tap Directories at the bottom of the list, then enter your search. You cant edit GAL contacts or save them to iPhone. Search an LDAP server: Tap Groups, tap the LDAP server name, then enter your search. You cant edit LDAP contacts or save them to iPhone. 214 Chapter 26 Contacts Search a CardDAV server: Tap Groups, tap the searchable CardDAV group at the bottom of the list, then enter your search. You cant edit searchable CardDAV contacts from the server, but you can edit synced CardDAV contacts on iPhone. Contacts are included in searches from the Home screen. See Searching on page 43. Managing Contacts on iPhone Add a contact on iPhone: Tap Contacts and tap
. Delete a contact Add a contact from the numeric keypad Enter a soft (two-second) pause in a number Enter a hard pause in a number Add a recent callers phone number to your contacts In Contacts, choose a contact, than tap Edit. Scroll down and tap Delete Contact.
Contact and enter the callers information, or tap Add to Existing Contact and choose a contact. Tap Create New
, then tap Pause. One or more pauses may be Tap required by a phone system before dialing an extension, for example. Pauses appear as commas when the number is saved.
, then tap Wait. A hard pause appears as a Tap semicolon when the number is saved. When dialing, iPhone pauses when it reaches the semicolon and waits until you tap the Dial button to continue. Tap Recents and tap Create New Contact, or tap Add to Existing Contact and choose a contact. next to the number. Then tap Edit contact information: Choose a contact, then tap Edit.
Add information:
Add an address: Tap
Tap
Change the ringtone for the contact: Add New Address. Add Field.
Delete an item: Tap
create a custom label, scroll to the bottom of the list and tap Add Custom Label.
, then tap Delete. If you sync contacts from your computer and also over the air, you can link contacts to
Link a contact: In edit mode, tap See on page 217. Link Contact, then choose a contact. Chapter 26 Contacts 215 Assign a photo to a contact:
1 Tap Contacts, then choose a contact. 2 Tap Edit and tap Add Photo, or tap the existing photo. 3 Tap Take Photo and take a photo with the camera. Or tap Choose Existing Photo and choose a photo. 4 Drag and scale the photo as desired. 5 Tap Use Photo (new photo) or Choose (existing photo). Using Contact Information You can use the information on a contacts Info screen to:
Use a contacts info screen: Tap Contacts and choose a contact. Then tap an item. Call the contact Create an email message in Mail, addressed to the contact Open the contacts home page in Safari Find the location of the contacts address in Maps, and get directions Send a text message to the contact Share the contact information with others Add a phone number for the contact to your favorites list Make a FaceTime video call
A star next to a phone number means the number is in your favorites list. on the FaceTime button if youve ever had a FaceTime call with the contact. See your own phone number: Tap Contacts and scroll to the top of the list. (Not available in all countries or regions.) appears 216 Chapter 26 Contacts
When you sync contacts with multiple accounts, you might have entries for the same person in more than one account. To help keep redundant contacts from appearing
(unless they
Linked Cards. View contact information from a source account: Tap one of the source accounts. Unlink a contact: Tap Edit, tap Link a contact: Tap Edit, then tap and choose a contact.
, then tap Unlink. Chapter 26 Contacts 217
the source account remains separate and unchanged. If you change information
is added to the contact in each source account. Linked contact information also appears at the bottom of an individual contacts Info
other source accounts. 218 Chapter 26 Contacts Nike + iPod 27 Activating Nike + iPod When turned on in Settings, the Nike + iPod app appears on the Home screen. With a Nike + iPod Sensor (sold separately), the Nike + iPod app provides audible feedback on your speed, distance, time elapsed, and calories burned during a run or walk. You can send your workout information to nikeplus.com, where you can track your progress, set goals, and participate in challenges.
In Settings, choose Nike + iPod and turn Nike + iPod on or
See the Nike + iPod documentation for information about setting up and using Nike + iPod. 219 Linking a Sensor
automatically links the sensor with iPhone. You can also use Nike + iPod settings to link a sensor with iPhone.
Nike + iPod settings to link the new sensor. Link a sensor to iPhone:
1 Put the Nike + iPod sensor in your shoe. 2 In Settings on iPhone, choose Nike + iPod > Sensor. 3 Tap Link New, then walk around as instructed. 4 Tap Done when the sensor is linked. Working Out with Nike + iPod After activating Nike + iPod and inserting the Nike + iPod Sensor in your Nike+ ready shoe, you can use Nike + iPod for your workouts. Work out using Nike + iPod:
1 In Nike + iPod on iPhone, tap Workouts, then choose a type of workout. 2 Depending on the workout, you may need to set a time, distance, or calorie goal. 3 Choose a playlist or other audio selection, then start your workout. 4 To turn on spoken feedback or set other options, see Nike + iPod Settings on page 222. 220 Chapter 27 Nike + iPod Sending Workouts to Nikeplus.com
to automatically send your workouts to Nike+ when you sync iPhone. Click Send to send your current workout to nikeplus.com and set iTunes to automatically send future workouts when you sync iPhone with iTunes. If you click Dont Send, you can set iTunes to do this later. Set iTunes to automatically send workouts to nikeplus.com when you sync iPhone with iTunes:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer. Make sure your computer is connected to the Internet. 2 In iTunes, click Nike + iPod at the top of the screen, then select Automatically send workout data to nikeplus.com. 3 Click Visit nikeplus.com or click Visit in the dialog that appears. 4 Click Save Your Runs and log in, or register if you havent already done so. Send workout data wirelessly to nikeplus.com from iPhone:
1 In Nike + iPod on iPhone, tap History. Make sure iPhone is connected to the Internet. 2 Tap Send to Nike+. 3 Enter your email address and nikeplus.com account password, then tap Login to Nike +. If you dont already have a nikeplus.com account, tap Join Nike+ to set one up. To see your workouts on nikeplus.com, log in to your account and follow the onscreen instructions. Chapter 27 Nike + iPod 221 Calibrating Nike + iPod You calibrate Nike + iPod using a workout you just completed. You can only calibrate workouts of a quarter mile or more. Calibrate iPhone:
1 Run or walk a known distance, then tap End Workout. 2 Tap Calibrate, then enter the distance and tap Done. Reset Nike + iPod to the default calibration: In Settings, choose Nike + iPod, then tap Reset Calibration. Nike + iPod Settings In Settings, choose Nike + iPod to activate and adjust settings for the Nike + iPod app. Choose a PowerSong: Choose PowerSong and select a song from your music library.
Choose Spoken Feedback and select a male or
Set a distance preference: measure your workout distance. Set your weight: Set the screen orientation: Choose Lock Screen, then select a screen orientation preference. Set up the Nike + iPod Sensor: Choose Sensor, then follow the onscreen instructions to set up your sensor (sold separately). You can use a Nike+ compatible remote (sold separately) to control Nike + iPod
Set up the Nike + iPod remote: Choose Remote, then follow the onscreen instructions to set up your remote (third-party product sold separately). Reset Nike + iPod to the default calibration: Tap Reset Calibration. 222 Chapter 27 Nike + iPod iBooks 28 About iBooks iBooks is a great way to read and buy books. Download the free iBooks app from the App Store, and then get everything from classics to best sellers from the built-in iBookstore. Once you download a book, its displayed on your bookshelf. Add ePub books and PDFs to your bookshelf using iTunes. Then tap a book or PDF to start reading. iBooks remembers your location, so you can easily return to where you
Note: The iBooks app and the iBookstore may not be available in all languages or locations.
To download the iBooks app and use the iBookstore, you need an Internet connection and an Apple account. If you dont have an Apple account, or if you want to make purchases from another Apple account, go to Settings > Store. See Store on page 212. 223 Syncing Books and PDFs Use iTunes to sync your books and PDFs between iPhone and your computer. When iPhone is connected to your computer, the Books pane lets you select which items to sync. You can sync books that you download or purchase from the iBookstore. You can also add DRM-free ePub books and PDFs to your iTunes library. There are several websites
Sync an ePub book or PDF to iPhone: Download the book or PDF using your
iPhone to your computer, select the book or PDF in the Books pane in iTunes, and then sync iPhone. If a PDF doesnt appear in the Books pane, you need to change its type in iTunes.
Using the iBookstore In the iBooks app, tap Store to open the iBookstore. From there, you can browse
a book you like, you can purchase and download it. Note: Some features of the iBookstore may not be available in all locations. Get more information: In the iBookstore, you can read a summary of the book, read or write a review, and download a sample of the book before buying it. Purchase a book: Find a book you want, tap the price, then tap Buy Now. Sign in to
The purchase is charged to your Apple account. If you make additional purchases
If youve already purchased a book and want to download it again, tap Purchases in
Books that you purchase are synced to your iTunes library the next time you sync iPhone with your computer. This provides a backup in case you delete the book from iPhone. 224 Chapter 28 iBooks Reading Books Reading a book is easy. Go to the bookshelf and tap the book you want to read. If you dont see the book youre looking for, tap the name of the current collection at the top of the screen to go to other collections. Tap an entry to jump to that location, or tap Resume to return to Turn pages: the direction the page turns when you tap the left margin, go to Settings > iBooks.
Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls. Drag the page navigation control at the bottom of the screen to the desired page, then let go. Go to the table of contents: Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls, then tap the current page. Add or remove a bookmark: Tap the ribbon button to set a bookmark. You can have multiple bookmarks. To remove a bookmark, tap it. You dont need to set a bookmark
there when you open the book again. Add, remove, or edit a highlight: Touch and hold any word until its selected. Use the grab points to adjust the selection, then tap Highlight. To remove a highlight, tap the highlighted text, then tap Remove Highlight. To change the color of a highlight, tap the highlighted text, then tap Colors and select a color from the menu. Add, remove, or edit a note: Touch and hold any word until its selected. Use the grab points to adjust the selection, then tap Note. Type some text, then tap Done. To view a note, tap the indicator in the margin near the highlighted text. To remove a note, tap the highlighted text, then tap Delete Note. To change the color of a note, tap the highlighted text, then tap Colors and select a color from the menu. See all your bookmarks, highlights and notes: To see the bookmarks, highlights, and notes youve added, tap
, then tap Bookmarks. To view a note, tap its indicator. Chapter 28 iBooks 225 Enlarge an image: Double-tap the image. To read a book while lying down, use the portrait orientation lock to prevent iPhone from rotating the screen when you rotate iPhone. See Viewing in Portrait or Landscape Orientation on page 32. Reading PDFs You can use iBooks to read PDFs. Go to the bookshelf and tap Collections, select a collection, then tap the PDF you want to read. Turn pages: Flick left or right. Enlarge a page: Pinch to zoom in on the page, then scroll to see the portion you want.
Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls. Then, in the page navigation controls at the bottom of the page, drag until the desired page number appears, or tap a thumbnail to jump to that page. Add or remove a bookmark: Tap the ribbon button to set a bookmark. You can have multiple bookmarks. To remove a bookmark, tap it. You dont need to set a bookmark when you close a PDF, because iBooks remembers
Go to the table of contents: Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls, then tap
icon instead to go to that page. Tap an entry to jump to that location, or tap Resume to return to Changing a Books Appearance To change the appearance of a book, access the controls by tapping near the center of a page. Change the font or type size: Tap reduce or enlarge the type size. To change the font, tap Fonts, then select one from the list. Changing the font and size also changes text formatting. Change the brightness: Tap
, then adjust the brightness. Change the page and type color: Tap the color of the page and type. This setting applies to all books.
, then turn the Sepia option on to change
, then in the list that appears, tap to or
226 Chapter 28 iBooks Searching Books and PDFs You can search for the title or author of a book to quickly locate it on the bookshelf.
other related resources. Search for a book: Go to the bookshelf. If necessary, change to the collection that you want to search. Tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the magnifying glass. Enter a word thats in the title of a book, or the authors name, then tap Search. Matching books appear on the bookshelf. Search in a book: Open a book and tap near the center of the page to show the controls. Tap the magnifying glass, then enter a search phrase and tap Search. Tap a search result to go to that page in the book. To send your search to Google or Wikipedia, tap Search Google or Search Wikipedia. Safari opens and displays the result. To quickly search for a word in a book, touch and hold the word, then tap Search.
Look up a word: Select a word in a book, then tap Dictionary in the menu that appears. Dictionaries may not be available for all languages. Having a Book Read to You If you have a visual impairment, you can use VoiceOver to read a book aloud. See VoiceOver on page 230. Some books may not be compatible with VoiceOver. Printing or Emailing a PDF You can use iBooks to send a copy of a PDF via email, or to print all or a portion of the PDF to a supported printer. and choose Email Document. A new message Email a PDF: Open the PDF, then tap
tap Send. Print a PDF: Open the PDF, then tap range and number of copies, then tap Print. For more information, see Printing on page 41. and choose Print. Select a printer and the page You can only email or print PDFs. These options arent available for ePub books. Chapter 28 iBooks 227 Organizing the Bookshelf Use the bookshelf to browse your books and PDFs. You can also organize items into collections. Sort the bookshelf: Go to the bookshelf and tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap and select a sort method from the choices at the bottom of the screen. Rearrange items on the bookshelf: Touch and hold a book or PDF, then drag it to a new location on the bookshelf. Delete an item from the bookshelf: Go to the bookshelf and tap Edit. Tap each book or PDF that you want to delete so that a checkmark appears, then tap Delete. When
it again from Purchases in the iBookstore. If youve synced your device with your computer, the book also remains in your iTunes Library. Create, rename, or delete a collection: Tap the name of the current collection youre viewing, such as Books or PDFs, to display the collections list. Tap New to add a new collection. To delete a collection, tap Edit, then tap and tap Delete. You cant edit or remove the built-in Books and PDFs collections. To edit the name of a collection, tap its
Move a book or PDF to a collection: Go to the bookshelf and tap Edit. Tap each book or PDF that you want to move so that a checkmark appears, then tap Move and select a collection. Items can be in only one collection at a time. When you add a book or
work and school, for example, or for reference and leisure reading. View a collection: Tap the name of the current collection at the top of the screen, then pick a new one from the list that appears. Bookmark and Note Syncing iBooks saves your bookmarks, notes, and current page information in your Apple account, so theyre always up to date and you can read a book seamlessly across multiple devices. For PDFs, the bookmarks and current page information are synced.
Go to Settings > iBooks, then turn Sync Bookmarks
You must have an Internet connection to sync your settings. iBooks syncs information for all of your books when you open or quit the app. Information for individual books is also synced when you open or close the book. 228 Chapter 28 iBooks Accessibility 29 Universal Access Features In addition to the many features that make iPhone easy to use for everyone, accessibility features make it easier for users with visual, auditory, or other physical disabilities to use iPhone. These accessibility features include:
VoiceOver Zoom Large Text White on Black Mono Audio Speak Auto-text Support for braille displays With the exception of VoiceOver, these accessibility features work with all iPhone apps, including third-party apps you download from the App Store. VoiceOver works with all apps that come preinstalled on iPhone, and with many third-party apps. For more information about iPhone accessibility features, go to www.apple.com/accessibility.
to your computer. 229
1 Connect iPhone to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list. 3 4
Large Text on page 243.
Videos on page 100. VoiceOver VoiceOver describes aloud what appears onscreen, so that you can use iPhone without
Note: VoiceOver is available in many languages, but not all. VoiceOver tells you about each element on the screen as its selected. When an
see the screen) and VoiceOver speaks the name or describes the item. The enclosing rectangle is referred to as the VoiceOver cursor. If text is selected, VoiceOver reads the text. If a control (such as a button or switch) is selected and Speak Hints is turned on, VoiceOver may tell you the action of the item or provide instructions for youfor example, double-tap to open. When you go to a new screen, VoiceOver plays a sound and then selects and speaks
also lets you know when the screen changes to landscape or portrait, and when it is locked or unlocked. 230 Chapter 29 Accessibility Setting Up VoiceOver Important: VoiceOver changes the gestures used to control iPhone. Once VoiceOver is turned on, you have to use VoiceOver gestures to operate iPhoneeven to turn
In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver and
Triple-Click Home on page 245. Note: You cant use VoiceOver and Zoom at the same time.
In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver,
tell you the action of the item or provide instructions for youfor example, double-
tap to open. Speak Hints is turned on by default. Set the VoiceOver speaking rate: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
VoiceOver, and adjust the Speaking Rate slider. Add speaking rate to the rotor: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap to turn on Include in Rotor. You can choose the kind of feedback you get when you type. You can set VoiceOver to speak characters, words, both, or nothing. If you choose to hear both characters and words, VoiceOver speaks each character as you type it, then speaks the whole word
Choose typing feedback: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver >
Typing Feedback. You can choose Characters, Words, Characters and Words, or Nothing
Using an Apple
on page 40). Use phonetics Use pitch change In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap the Use Phonetics switch to turn it on. Use this feature when you type or read character-by-
character, to help make clear which characters were spoken.
character, then speaks a word beginning with the character. For example, if you type the character f, VoiceOver speaks f, and then a moment later, foxtrot. In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap the Use Pitch Change switch to turn it on. VoiceOver uses a higher pitch when entering a letter, and a lower pitch when deleting a letter. VoiceOver also uses a
as a list or table) and a lower pitch when speaking the last item of a group. Chapter 29 Accessibility 231
language for VoiceOver. Set the language for iPhone: In Settings, choose General > International > Language,
Local setting. In Settings, choose General > International > Region Format and select the format. Set the language for VoiceOver: In Settings, choose General > International > Voice Control, then choose the language. If you change the language for iPhone, you may need to reset the language for VoiceOver. Set the rotor options for web browsing: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
VoiceOver > Web Rotor. Tap to select or deselect options. To change the position of an item in the list, touch Select the languages available in the Language rotor: In Settings, choose General
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Language Rotor and tap to select the language or languages you want to appear in the Language rotor. To change the position of a language in the list, touch The Language rotor is always available when youve selected more than one language. next to the language and drag up or down. next to the item, then drag up or down. VoiceOver Gestures
These and some additional gestures let you move around the screen and control individual elements when theyre selected. VoiceOver gestures include two- and
You can use standard gestures when VoiceOver is turned on, by double-tapping
gestures resume.
instead of selecting an item and double-tapping, you can touch and hold an item with
which works best for you. If your gestures dont work, try quicker movements, especially for double-tapping and
When VoiceOver is turned on, the VoiceOver Practice button appears, which gives you a chance to practice VoiceOver gestures before proceeding. 232 Chapter 29 Accessibility Practice gestures: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap
If you dont see the VoiceOver Practice button, make sure VoiceOver is turned on. Heres a summary of key VoiceOver gestures:
Navigating and Reading
Tap: Speak item.
Flick right or left: Select the next or previous item.
Flick up or down: Depends on the Rotor Control setting. See Rotor Control on page 234.
Stop speaking the current item.
Read all from the top of the screen.
Read all from the current position.
z) to dismiss an alert or go back to the previous screen.
Scroll one page at a time.
Go to the next or previous page (such as the Home screen, Stocks, or Safari).
Speak the scroll status (which page or rows are visible).
Select the last item on the page.
Select the last element on the screen. Activating
Double-tap: Activate the selected item.
Triple-tap: Double-tap an item.
Split-tap: An alternative to selecting an item and double-tapping is to touch an item
Activate the item.
Use a standard gesture. The double-tap and hold gesture tells iPhone to interpret the subsequent gesture as
Answer or end a call. Play or pause in iPod, YouTube, Voice Memos, or Photos. Take a photo (Camera). Start or pause recording in Camera or Voice Memos. Start or stop the stopwatch. Chapter 29 Accessibility 233
Mute or unmute VoiceOver.
Rotor Control The rotor control is a virtual dial that you can use to change the results of up and
Operate the rotor: choose between options. The current setting appears on the screen and is spoken aloud.
text in an email you received, you can use the rotor to switch between hearing text
browsing a webpage, you can use the rotor setting to hear all the text (either word-by-
word or character-by-character), or to jump from one element to another of a certain type, such as headers or links. The following lists show the available rotor options, depending on the context of what youre doing. Reading text Select and hear text by:
Character Word Line Browsing a webpage Select and hear text by:
Character Word Line Heading Link Visited link Non-visited link In-page link 234 Chapter 29 Accessibility
Form control Table Row (when navigating a table) List Landmark Image Static text Zoom in or out Entering text Move insertion point and hear text by:
Character Word Line Select edit function Select language Using a control (such as the spinner for setting the time in Clock) Select and hear values by:
Character Word Line Adjust the value of the control object Speaking (available only with the Apple Wireless Keyboard) Adjust VoiceOver speaking by:
Volume Rate Typing echo Use pitch change Use Phonetics See on page 239. You can select which rotor options appear for web browsing, and arrange their order. See Setting Up VoiceOver on page 231. Chapter 29 Accessibility 235 Using VoiceOver Select items on the screen: each element as you touch it. You can move systematically from one element to the
previous element.
Select the last element on a screen: Tap a selected item when VoiceOver is turned on: Double-tap anywhere on the screen. Double-tap a selected item when VoiceOver is turned on: Triple-tap anywhere on the screen. Speak the text of an element, character-by-character or word-by-word: With
also speak a word beginning with the character being spoken. See Setting Up VoiceOver on page 231. Twist the rotor control to have VoiceOver read word-by-word. Adjust a slider: decrease the setting. VoiceOver announces the setting as you adjust it. Scroll a list or area of the screen Use a list index Reorder a list
When paging through a list, VoiceOver speaks the range of items displayed (for example, showing rows 5 through 10). You can also scroll continuously through a list, instead of paging through it. Double-tap and hold. When you hear a
Some lists have an alphabetical index along the right side.
you must touch the index directly to select it. With the
Some lists, such as Favorites in Phone, and Web Rotor and Language Rotor in Accessibility settings can be reordered. Select on the right side of an item, double-tap and hold until you hear a sound, then drag up or down. VoiceOver speaks the item youve moved above or below, depending on the direction youre dragging. Unlock iPhone: Select the Unlock switch, then double-tap the screen. 236 Chapter 29 Accessibility Rearrange the Home screen: On the Home screen, select the icon you want to move. Double-tap and hold the icon, then drag it. VoiceOver speaks the row and column position as you drag the icon. Release the icon when its in the location you want. You can drag additional icons. Drag an item to the left or right edge of the screen to move
button. Mute VoiceOver Stop speaking an item
sounds, set the Ring/Silent switch to Silent. If an external keyboard is connected, you can also press the Control key on the keyboard to mute or unmute VoiceOver.
resume speaking. Speaking automatically resumes when you select another item.
the screen contents are active even though the display is
Speak the entire screen from the top
Speak from the current item to the bottom of the screen
You can hear iPhone status information by touching the top of the screen. This information can include the time, battery life, Wi-Fi signal strength, and more. Making Phone Calls with VoiceOver
is established with VoiceOver on, the screen displays the numeric keypad by default, instead of showing call options. This makes it easier to use the keypad to respond to a menu of options when you reach an automated system. Display call options: double-tap. Display the numeric keypad again: screen and double-tap. Entering and Editing Text
external keyboard connected to iPhone to enter text. There are two ways to enter text in VoiceOverstandard typing and touch typing. With standard typing, you select a key, then double-tap the screen to enter the character. With touch typing, you touch to select a key and the character is entered
more practice than standard typing. Chapter 29 Accessibility 237 VoiceOver also lets you use the editing features of iPhone to cut, copy, or paste in a
Enter text:
1 You may need to double-tap to bring up the keyboard, if it doesnt appear
double-tap to edit.
or at the end of the text. Double-tap to move the insertion point to the opposite end. VoiceOver tells you the position of the insertion point. 2 Use the keyboard to type characters:
Standard typing:
when the character is entered.
Touch typing:
you select the key you want. VoiceOver speaks the character for each key as you
Note: Touch typing works only for the keys that actually enter text. Use standard typing for other keys such as Shift, Delete, and Return. VoiceOver tells you when it thinks youve misspelled a word. Choose standard or touch typing: With VoiceOver turned on and a key selected on
Move the insertion point: Use the rotor to choose whether you want to move the insertion point by character, by word, or by line. By default, VoiceOver moves the insertion point character-by-character. Flick up or down to move the insertion point forward or backward in the text. VoiceOver makes a sound when the insertion point moves, and speaks the character that the insertion point moves across. When moving the insertion point by word, VoiceOver speaks each word as you move across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the end of the traversed word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. When moving backward, the insertion point is placed the end of the word preceding the traversed word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. To move the insertion point past the punctuation at the end of a word or sentence, use the rotor to switch back to character mode. 238 Chapter 29 Accessibility
, then double-tap or split-tap. You must do this When moving the insertion point by line, VoiceOver speaks each line as you move across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the next line (except when you reach the last line of a paragraph, when the insertion point is moved to the end of the line just spoken). When moving backward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the line thats spoken. Delete a character: Select the even when touch typing. To delete multiple characters, touch and hold the Delete
delete. VoiceOver speaks the character as its deleted. If Use Pitch Change is turned on, VoiceOver speaks deleted characters in a lower pitch. Select text: double tap. If you chose Select, the word closest to the insertion point is selected when you double-tap. If you chose Select All, the entire text is selected. Pinch apart or together to increase or decrease the selection. Cut, copy, or paste: down to choose Cut, Copy, or Paste, then double-tap. Undo: Enter an accented character: In standard typing mode, select the plain character, then double-tap and hold until you hear a sound indicating alternate characters have
the current selection. Change the language youre typing in:
Note: The Language rotor appears only if you select more than one language in the VoiceOver Language Rotor setting. See Setting Up VoiceOver on page 231. Controlling VoiceOver Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard
on page 40. The VoiceOver keyboard commands let you navigate the screen, select items, read screen contents, adjust the rotor, and perform other VoiceOver actions. All the keyboard commands (except one) include Control-Option, abbreviated in the table below as VO. VoiceOver Help speaks keys or keyboard commands as you type them. You can use VoiceOver Help to learn the keyboard layout and the actions associated with key combinations. Chapter 29 Accessibility 239 VoiceOver Keyboard Commands VO = Control-Option Read all, starting from the current position Read from the top Move to the status bar Press the Home button VOA VOB VOM VOH Select the next or previous item VORight Arrow or VOLeft Arrow Tap an item
VOSpace bar VO-
Choose the next or previous rotor item VOUp Arrow or VODown Arrow Choose the next or previous speech rotor item VOCommandLeft Arrow or VOCommand Adjust speech rotor item Mute or unmute VoiceOver
Turn on VoiceOver help
VoiceOver help Right Arrow VOCommandUp Arrow or VOCommand Down Arrow VOS VOShift-S
Escape Quick Nav
Select the next or previous item
the rotor setting Left ArrowRight Arrow Right Arrow or Left Arrow Up Arrow or Down Arrow
ControlUp Arrow or ControlDown Arrow
"Tap an item Scroll up, down, left, or right Change the rotor Up ArrowDown Arrow OptionUp Arrow, OptionDown Arrow, Option Left Arrow, or OptionRight Arrow Up ArrowLeft Arrow or Up ArrowRight Arrow
number in Phone or enter numbers in Calculator. 240 Chapter 29 Accessibility Using Safari When you search the web in Safari with VoiceOver on, the Search Results rotor items lets you hear the list of suggested search phrases. Search the web:
1 2 Select Search Results using the rotor. 3 Flick right or left to move down or up the list and hear the suggested search phrases. 4 Double-tap the screen to search the web using the current search phrase. Using Maps With VoiceOver, you can zoom in or out, select pins, and get information about locations. Zoom in or out: in or out. Select a pin: Get information about a location: With a pin selected, double-tap to display the
information page. Editing Videos and Voice Memos You can use VoiceOver gestures to trim Camera videos and Voice Memo recordings. Trim a voice memo: On the Voice Memos screen, select the button to the right of the memo you want to trim, then double-tap. Then select Trim Memo and double-tap.
to drag to the left. VoiceOver announces the amount of time the current position will trim from the recording. To execute the trim, select Trim Voice Memo and double-tap. Trim a video: While viewing a video, double-tap the screen to display the video
position will trim from the recording. To execute the trim, select Trim and double-tap. Chapter 29 Accessibility 241 Using a Braille Display with VoiceOver Setting Up a Braille Display You can use a refreshable Bluetooth braille display to read VoiceOver output in braille. In addition, braille displays with input keys and other controls can be used to control iPhone when VoiceOver is turned on. iPhone works with many wireless braille displays. For a list of supported displays, go to www.apple.com/accessibility. Set up a braille display:
1 Turn on the braille display. 2 On iPhone, turn on Bluetooth. In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, then tap the Bluetooth switch. 3 In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille, then choose the braille display.
In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
VoiceOver > Braille, then tap the Contracted Braille switch. Choosing a Language The braille display uses the language thats set for Voice Control. By default, this is the language set for iPhone in Settings > International > Language. You can use the
Set the language for VoiceOver: In Settings, choose General > International > Voice Control, then choose the language. If you change the language for iPhone, you may need to reset the language for VoiceOver and your braille display. Announcement History contains an unread message The current Announcement History message hasnt been read VoiceOver speech is muted The iPhone battery is low (less than 20% charge) iPhone is in landscape orientation
The current line contains additional text to the left The current line contains additional text to the right Controlling VoiceOver with Your Braille Display You can set the leftmost or rightmost cell of your braille display to provide system status and other information:
Set the leftmost or rightmost cell to display status information: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > Status Cell, then tap Left or Right. See an expanded description of the status cell: On your braille display, press the status cells router button. 242 Chapter 29 Accessibility Zoom
double-tap or use the pinch gesture to expand webpage columns in Safari. Zoom is also a special accessibility feature that lets you magnify the entire screen of any app youre using, to help you see whats on the display.
In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > Zoom and tap the
Note: You cant use VoiceOver and Zoom at the same time. Zoom in or out:
Move around the screen:
open a new screen, Zoom always goes to the top-middle of the screen.
Using an Apple Wireless
on page 40), the screen image follows the insertion point, keeping it in the center of the display. Large Text Large Text lets you make the text larger in alerts, and in Calendar, Contacts, Mail, Messages, and Notes. You can choose 20-point, 24-point, 32-point, 40-point, 48-point, or 56-point text. Set the text size: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, tap Large Text, then tap the text size you want. Chapter 29 Accessibility 243 White on Black Use White on Black to invert the colors on the iPhone screen, which may make it easier to read the screen. When White on Black is turned on, the screen looks like a photographic negative. Invert the screens colors: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap the White on Black switch. Mono Audio Mono Audio combines the sound of the left and right channels into a mono signal played on both sides. This enables users with hearing impairment in one ear to hear the entire sound signal with the other ear.
In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap the Mono Audio switch. Speak Auto-text Speak Auto-text speaks the text corrections and suggestions iPhone makes when youre typing.
In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap the Speak Auto-text switch. Speak Auto-text also works with VoiceOver or Zoom. 244 Chapter 29 Accessibility Triple-Click Home Triple-click Home provides an easy way to turn some of the Accessibility features on
button quickly three times. You can set Triple-click
Set the Triple-click Home function: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
Triple-click Home and choose the function you want. Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features Many iPhone features help make iPhone accessible to all users, including those with visual or auditory impairments. Closed Captioning You can turn on closed captioning for videos in iPod settings. See Video on page 210. Note: Not all video content is encoded for closed captioning. Voice Control Voice Control lets you make phone calls and control iPod music playback using voice commands. See Voice Dialing on page 61, and Using Voice Control with iPod on page 95. Large Phone Keypad Make phone calls simply by tapping entries in your contacts and favorites lists. When you need to dial a number, iPhones large numeric keypad makes it easy. See Phone Calls on page 60. Widescreen Keyboards Several apps let you rotate iPhone when youre typing, so you can use a larger keyboard:
Mail Safari Messages Notes Contacts Chapter 29 Accessibility 245 Visual Voicemail The play and pause controls in visual voicemail let you control the playback of messages. Drag the playhead on the scrubber bar to repeat a portion of the message thats hard to understand. See Checking Voicemail on page 68. Assignable Ringtones You can assign distinctive ringtones to individuals in your contacts list for audible caller ID. You can purchase ringtones from the iTunes Store on iPhone. See Purchasing Ringtones on page 169. Instant Messaging (IM) Chat The App Store features many Internet Messaging (IM) apps, such as AIM, BeejiveIM, ICQ, and Yahoo! Messenger, that are optimized for iPhone. Minimum Font Size for Mail Messages To increase readability, set a minimum font size for Mail message text to Large, Extra Large, or Giant. See Mail on page 204. TTY Support (Available in Some Areas) Use iPhone in TTY mode with the iPhone TTY Adapter (available separately) to use a Teletype (TTY) machine. See Using iPhone with a Teletype (TTY) Machine on page 206. Universal Access in Mac OS X Take advantage of the Universal Access features in Mac OS X when you use iTunes to sync information and content from your iTunes library to iPhone. In the Finder, choose Help > Mac Help, then search for universal access. For more information about iPhone and Mac OS X accessibility features, go to www.apple.com/accessibility. 246 Chapter 29 Accessibility Hearing Aid Compatibility The FCC has adopted hearing aid compatibility (HAC) rules for digital wireless phones. These rules require certain phones to be tested and rated under the American National Standard Institute (ANSI) C63.19 hearing aid compatibility standards. The ANSI standard for hearing aid compatibility contains two types of ratings: an M rating for reduced radio frequency interference to enable acoustic coupling with hearing aids that dont operate in telecoil mode, and a T rating for inductive coupling with hearing aids operating in telecoil mode. These ratings are given on a scale from one to four, where four is the most compatible. A phone is considered hearing aid compatible under FCC rules if it is rated M3 or M4 for acoustic coupling and T3 or T4 for inductive coupling. For current iPhone hearing aid compatibility ratings, go to www.apple.com/iphone/specs.html. Hearing aid compatibility ratings arent a guarantee that a particular hearing aid works with a particular phone. Some hearing aids may work well with phones that dont meet particular ratings. To ensure interoperability between a hearing aid and a phone, use them together before purchasing them. This phone has been tested and rated for use with hearing aids for some of the wireless technologies that it uses. However, there may be some newer wireless technologies used in this phone that have not been tested yet for use with hearing
any interfering noise. Consult your service provider or the manufacturer of this phone for information on hearing aid compatibility. If you have questions about return or exchange policies, consult your service provider or phone retailer. Chapter 29 Accessibility 247 International Keyboards A A x i d n e p p
Asian languages and languages that are written from right to left.
the keyboard for the language you set for iPhone (in International settings) is available.
Add a keyboard:
1 The number before the arrow shows the number of keyboards currently enabled. 2 Repeat to add more keyboards. Some languages have multiple keyboards available. For a list of supported iPhone keyboards, go to www.apple.com/iphone/specs.html. Edit your keyboard list: tap Edit and do one of the following:
To delete a keyboard, tap
To reorder the list, drag next to a keyboard to a new place in the list.
, then tap Delete. 248
Switch keyboards while typing: Tap
. When you tap the symbol, the name of the You can also touch and hold to display a list of available keyboards. To choose a
Many keyboards provide letters, numbers, and symbols that arent visible on the keyboard. Type letters, numbers, or symbols that arent on the keyboard: Touch and hold the related letter, number, or symbol, then slide to choose a variation. On a Thai keyboard, for example, you can choose native numbers by touching and holding the related Arabic number. Chinese
Chinese characters on the screen.
Use the QWERTY keyboard to enter Pinyin for Chinese characters. As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a suggestion to choose it, or continue entering Pinyin to see more options. If you keep entering Pinyin without spaces, sentence suggestions appear. Entering Chinese Cangjie Use the keyboard to build Chinese characters from the component Cangjie keys. As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a character to choose it, or
Appendix A 249
writing sequence: from left to right, top to bottom, outside to inside, and from inside to the closing stroke (for example, the Chinese character (circle) should begin with the vertical stroke ). As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear (the most commonly used
If youre not sure of the correct stroke, enter an asterisk (*). To see more character options, type another stroke, or scroll through the character list. Tap the match () key to show only characters that match exactly what you typed. For example, if you type (one one) and tap the match () key, the less commonly used (two) appears as an exact match. Entering Traditional Chinese Zhuyin Use the keyboard to enter Zhuyin letters. As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a suggestion to choose it, or continue entering Zhuyin letters to see more options. After you type an initial letter, the keyboard changes to show more letters. If you keep entering Zhuyin without spaces, sentence suggestions appear.
strokes, iPhone recognizes them and shows matching characters in a list, with the closest match at the top. When you choose a character, its likely follow-on characters appear in the list as additional choices. You can get some complex characters by writing two or more component characters. For example, enter (bristle), to get International Airport), which appears in the character list with an arrow next to it. Tap the character to replace the characters you entered.
Select the character or characters you want to convert, then tap Replace. See EditingCut, Copy, and Paste on page 39. 250 Appendix A Drawing Chinese Characters
Japanese
enter facemarks. Entering Japanese Kana
and select another syllable or word from the window. Entering Japanese QWERTY Use the QWERTY keyboard to input code for Japanese syllables. As you type, suggested syllables appear. Tap the syllable to choose it. Entering Emoji Picture Characters Use the Emoji keyboard. Available only on iPhone models purchased and used in Japan. Entering Facemarks
Using the Japanese Romaji keyboard (QWERTY-Japanese layout), tap the Number
tap the Symbols
Appendix A 251
compound vowels, touch and hold the letter, then slide to choose the double letter. Vietnamese Touch and hold a character to see the available diacritical marks, then slide to choose the one you want. You can also type the following key sequences to enter characters with diacritical marks:
aa aw (a caron)
ee
oo ow (o hook)
w (u hook)
dd (d dash)
as (a acute)
af (a grave)
ar (a question mark)
ax (a rising accent)
aj (a drop tone) 252 Appendix A
Chinese - Traditional (Pinyin) Chinese - Traditional (Zhuyin) Japanese (Romaji)
Creating Dictionaries When using certain Chinese or Japanese keyboards, you can create a dictionary of word and input pairs. When you type a word from the dictionary while using a supported keyboard, the associated input is substituted for the word. The dictionary is available for the following keyboards:
Add a word to the dictionary:
You can have multiple inputs for each word, based on which keyboards are turned on. Delete a word from the dictionary: Tap the word in the User Dictionary list, then tap Delete Word. Appendix A 253 Support and Other Information B A x i d n e p p Apple iPhone Support Site Comprehensive support information is available online at www.apple.com/support/iphone. You can also use Express Lane for personalized support (not available in all countries or regions). Go to expresslane.apple.com. Restarting and Resetting iPhone If something isnt working right, try restarting iPhone, force quitting an app, or resetting iPhone. Restart iPhone:
Force quit an app: button until the app quits. until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home You can also remove an app from the recents list to force it to quit. See Opening and Switching Apps on page 29. Reset iPhone: the same time for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears. 254 Backing Up iPhone iTunes creates backups of settings, downloaded apps and data, and other information on iPhone. You can use a backup to restore these items to your iPhone after a software restore or to transfer the information to another iPhone. See Updating and Restoring iPhone Software on page 256. Backing up iPhone or restoring from a backup isnt the same as syncing content and other items (such as music, podcasts, ringtones, photos, videos, and apps that you download via iTunes) with your iTunes library. Backups include settings, downloaded apps and data, and other information on iPhone. After you restore iPhone, you need to sync again to get your music, videos, photos, apps, and other content back on iPhone. See Restoring from a Backup on page 257. Apps downloaded from the App Store are backed up the next time you sync with iTunes. Afterwards, only app data is backed up when you sync with iTunes. Creating a Backup iTunes creates a backup of iPhone when you:
Sync with iTunes By default, iTunes syncs iPhone each time you connect iPhone to your computer. See Syncing with iTunes on page 53. iTunes wont automatically back up an iPhone
clicking Sync in iTunes. Note that iTunes creates a backup only once each time
again, iTunes doesnt create another backup. Update iPhone
with iTunes on that computer. Restore iPhone (if you choose to back up) iTunes asks if you want to back up iPhone before restoring it.
For more information about backups, including the settings and information stored in a backup, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1766. Appendix B Support and Other Information 255 Removing a Backup You can remove a backup of iPhone from the list of backups in iTunes. You may want to do this, for example, if a backup was created on someone elses computer. Remove a backup:
1 In iTunes, open iTunes Preferences.
Mac: Choose iTunes > Preferences.
Windows: Choose Edit > Preferences. 2 Click Devices (iPhone doesnt need to be connected). 3 Select the backup you want to remove, then click Delete Backup. 4 5 Updating and Restoring iPhone Software You can use iTunes to update or restore iPhone software.
If you update, the iPhone software is updated. Your downloaded apps, settings,
Note: In some cases, an update may also involve restoring iPhone. If you restore, the latest version of iPhone software is reinstalled, settings are restored to their default, and all data stored on iPhone is deleted, including downloaded apps, songs, videos, contacts, photos, calendar information, and any other data. If youve backed up iPhone with iTunes on your computer, you can restore data from the backup at the end of the restore process. Deleted data is no longer accessible via the iPhone user interface, but it isnt erased from iPhone. For information about erasing all content and settings, see Resetting iPhone on page 201. If you use a Bluetooth headset or car kit with iPhone and you restore settings, you must pair the Bluetooth device with iPhone again to use it. For more information about updating and restoring iPhone software, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1414. 256 Appendix B Support and Other Information Updating iPhone Make sure you have an Internet connection and have installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. Update iPhone:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen. 3 Click Check for Update. iTunes tells you if theres a newer version of the iPhone software available. 4 Click Update to install the latest version of the software. Restoring iPhone Make sure you have an Internet connection and have installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. Restore iPhone:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen. 3 Click Check for Update. iTunes tells you if theres a newer version of the iPhone software available. 4 Click Restore. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the restore process. When restoring, it is recommended that you back up iPhone when prompted. When the iPhone software has been restored, you can either set it up as a new iPhone, or restore your music, videos, app data, and other content from a backup. After you restore from a backup, previous data is no longer accessible through the iPhone user interface, but it isnt erased from iPhone. For information about erasing all content and settings, see Resetting iPhone on page 201. Restoring from a Backup You can restore the settings, app data, and other information from a backup, or use this feature to transfer these items to another iPhone. Make sure you have an Internet connection and have installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. Important: Restoring from a backup is not the same as restoring iPhone from the Summary pane in iTunes. See Restoring iPhone on page 257. Restoring from a backup does not fully restore iPhone software. Also, restoring iPhone from a backup restores all data in the backup, including data for apps. If you choose an old backup, restoring from it could replace the app data with data that is not current. Appendix B Support and Other Information 257 If you restore iPhone from a backup of some other iPhone or iPod touch, some passwords and settings may not be restored. (Additional, but still not all, passwords and settings may be restored if the backup is encrypted.) For more information about the settings and information stored in a backup, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1766. Restore iPhone from a backup:
1 Connect iPhone to the computer you normally sync with. 2 In iTunes, Control-click iPhone in the Devices list and choose Restore from Backup from the menu that appears. 3 Choose the backup that you want to restore from the pop-up menu, then click Restore. If your backup is encrypted, enter your password. Safety, Software, and Service Information This table describes where to get more iPhone-related safety, software, and service information. To learn about Using iPhone safely iPhone service and support, tips, forums, and Apple software downloads Service and support from your carrier Do this See the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone for the latest safety and regulatory information. Go to www.apple.com/support/iphone. Contact your carrier or go to your carriers website. The latest information about iPhone Go to www.apple.com/iphone. Using iTunes Open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. For an online iTunes tutorial (may not be available in all countries and regions), go to www.apple.com/support/itunes. Creating an Apple ID MobileMe Go to appleid.apple.com. Go to www.me.com. Using iPhoto on Mac OS X Open iPhoto and choose Help > iPhoto Help. Using Address Book on Mac OS X Open Address Book and choose Help > Address Book Help. Using iCal on Mac OS X Open iCal and choose Help > iCal Help. Microsoft Outlook, Windows Address Book, or Adobe Photoshop Elements See the documentation that came with those apps. 258 Appendix B Support and Other Information To learn about Finding your iPhone serial number, International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI),
Obtaining warranty service Battery replacement service Do this
(GSM models) or MEID (CDMA model) on the iPhone packaging. Or, on iPhone, choose Settings
> General > About. In iTunes on your computer, hold down the Control key and choose Help
> About iTunes (Windows) or iTunes > About iTunes (Mac), then release the Control key. (Press the Space bar to pause the scrolling.) First follow the advice in this guide and online resources. Then go to www.apple.com/support or see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone. Go to www.apple.com/support/iphone/service/battery. Using iPhone in an Enterprise Environment Go to www.apple.com/iphone/business to learn more about enterprise features of iPhone, including:
Microsoft Exchange
CalDAV CardDAV IMAP LDAP VPN Using iPhone with Other Carriers Some carriers let you unlock iPhone for use with their network. To determine if your
support.apple.com/kb/HT1937. Contact your carrier for authorization and setup information. Youll need to connect iPhone to iTunes to complete the process. Additional fees may apply. For troubleshooting information, go to support.apple.com/kb/TS3198. Appendix B Support and Other Information 259 Disposal and Recycling Information Apple Used Mobile Phone Recycling Program (available in some areas): For free recycling of your old mobile phone, a prepaid shipping label, and instructions, see:
www.apple.com/recycling iPhone Disposal and Recycling: You must dispose of iPhone properly according to local laws and regulations. Because iPhone contains electronic components and a battery, iPhone must be disposed of separately from household waste. When iPhone reaches its end of life, contact local authorities to learn about disposal and recycling
battery will be removed and recycled in an environmentally friendly manner. For more information, see: www.apple.com/recycling European UnionElectronics and Battery Disposal Information:
This symbol means that according to local laws and regulations your product and its battery should be recycled separately from household waste. When this product reaches its end of life, take it to a collection point designated by local authorities for the recycling of electronic equipment. The improper disposal of waste electronic
recycling of your product and its battery at the time of disposal will help conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment. For collection and recycling services for iPhone, go to:
www.apple.com/recycling/nationalservices/europe.html Battery Replacement for iPhone: The rechargeable battery in iPhone should be replaced only by an authorized service provider. For battery replacement services go to: www.apple.com/support/iphone/service/battery Deutschland: Dieses Gert enthlt Batterien. Bitte nicht in den Hausmll werfen. Entsorgen Sie dieses Gertes am Ende seines Lebenszyklus entsprechend der mageblichen gesetzlichen Regelungen. Nederlands: Gebruikte batterijen kunnen worden ingeleverd bij de chemokar of in een speciale batterijcontainer voor klein chemisch afval (kca) worden gedeponeerd. 260 Appendix B Support and Other Information Trkiye: EEE ynetmeliine (Elektrikli ve Elektronik Eyalarda Baz Zararl Maddelerin Kullanmnn Snrlandrlmasna Dair Ynetmelik) uygundur. BrazilDisposal Information:
BrasilInformaes sobre descarte e reciclagem: O smbolo indica que este produto e/ou sua bateria no devem ser descartadas no lixo domstico. Quando decidir descartar este produto e/ou sua bateria, faa-o de acordo com as leis e diretrizes ambientais locais. Para informaes sobre o programa de reciclagem da Apple, pontos de coleta e telefone de informaes, visite www.apple.com/br/environment. Apple and the Environment At Apple, we recognize our responsibility to minimize the environmental impacts of our operations and products. For more information, go to:
www.apple.com/environment iPhone Operating Temperature If the interior temperature of iPhone exceeds normal operating temperatures, you may experience the following as it attempts to regulate its temperature:
iPhone stops charging the screen dims the cellular signal is weak a temperature warning screen appears Important: You cannot use iPhone while the temperature warning screen is displayed, except to make an emergency call. If iPhone cant regulate its internal temperature, it goes into deep sleep mode until it cools. You cannot make an emergency call when iPhone is in this mode. Move iPhone to a cooler location and wait a few minutes before trying to use iPhone again. Appendix B Support and Other Information 261 Index x e d n I 1xRTT network 22, 23, 63 status icon 17 3G enabling 23 network 22, 23, 63 status icon 17 12-hour time 198 24-hour time 198 480p format 170 720p format 102, 121, 170 A accessibility features 229 hearing aid compatibility 247 Large Text 243 Mono Audio 244 setting up iPhone using VoiceOver 21 settings 200 Speak Auto-text 244 Triple-click Home 245 TTY machine 206 VoiceOver 230 White on Black 244 Zoom 243 accounts about 25 Google, Yahoo!, and AOL 28 Microsoft Exchange 27 MobileMe 26 push 52, 203 restricting 197 settings 202 activating iPhone 21 adding a call 63 adjusting brightness 191 Adobe Photoshop Elements 57, 117 airplane mode settings 187 status icon 17 turning on 187 AirPlay music playback 93 streaming to a TV 89, 102, 121, 131 viewing photos, videos, and slideshows 121 viewing web videos on a TV 89 watching videos 102 watching YouTube videos on a TV 131 AirPrint 41 See also printing alarm status icon 18 alarms deleting 152 setting 152
152 album artwork 96 album tracks 97 alerts adjusting volume 12, 191 calendar 116 Ping 168
191 voicemail 68 alternate audio language 101 answering calls 46 anti-phishing. See Safari fraud warning AOL 148 App Store about 175 browsing 176 deleting apps 179 Genius 176 restricting 197 store account 175, 212 syncing 53 syncing purchased content 180 updating apps 180 verifying purchases 174 Apple ID about 258 creating in App Store 178 creating in Game Center 182 creating in iTunes 21 creating in iTunes Store 169, 170, 171 262 creating in MobileMe 26 creating in Store settings 212 Apple TV 89, 93, 102, 121, 131
40, 231 apps deleting 179 force quitting 30, 51, 254 opening 29 overview 14 removing from recents list 30 restricting deletion 197 switching between 30 viewing recent 29 attachments, email 79 audio alternate language 101 mono 244 audiobooks, syncing 53 Auto-Brightness 191 AutoFill 88, 208 auto-lock, setting time for 195 AV cables 103, 121 B backing up iPhone 55 backups creating 255 removing 256 restoring from 257 battery charging 48 low on power 49 maximizing life 49 replacing 49, 259 status icon 18 birthdays, viewing in Calendar 112 Bluetooth car kit 47, 194, 256
192 headset 161, 256 pairing devices 47 status 48 status icon 18
194 unpairing device 48 using with Phone 63 bookmarking map locations 145 webpages 89 YouTube videos 130, 131 bookmarks, syncing 53, 56, 89 books accessibility 227 annotating 225 brightness 226
227 Index
224 iBooks 223 purchasing 224 reading 225, 226 searching 227 syncing 53, 224 text size 226 braille, display using VoiceOver 242 brightness adjusting 191 iBooks 226 setting to adjust automatically 191 browse buttons, changing 105 browser cache, clearing 209 browsing album artwork 96 App Store 176 iTunes Store 166 YouTube videos 129 business, using iPhone 259
144 C cable, Dock Connector to USB 11, 21 cables Component AV cable 89, 102, 121, 131 Composite AV cable 89, 102, 121, 131 Digital AV Adapter 89, 102, 121, 131 VGA Adapter 89, 102, 131 cache, clearing browser 209 Calculator
155 standard 154 CalDAV 111 Calendar about 111 adding an event 113 birthdays 112 CalDAV 111 deleting an event 114
116 searching 113 updating an event 114 views 112 calendars, syncing 53, 55, 111 calibrating Nike + iPod 222 call forwarding setting up 70 settings 206 status icon 17 call options 63 call waiting
71
206 caller ID
71, 206 263 Camera deleting photos 127 exposure 127
127 focus 127 front camera 66, 127 HDR photos 126 main camera 66, 127 restricting 196 seeing photos and videos youve taken 127 taking photos 126 upload photos to your computer 128 Cangjie 249 caps lock, enabling 198 car kit 47, 194, 256 CardDAV 213 carrier services 207 Cc 204 cell signal, status icon 17 cellular data network 23 charging battery 48 Chinese keyboard 249, 253 cleaning iPhone 51 clearing playlists 100 clocks, adding 151
210 Compass current coordinates 158 heading 158 true and magnetic north 158 complete an album 170 Component AV Cable 103, 121 Composite AV Cable 103, 121 computer requirements 19 conference calls 64 connecting to Internet 22 contacts adding and editing 215 adding from Maps 145 adding from text messages 110 assigning photo to 124 CardDAV 213 favorite 70 GAL (Global Address List) 81, 214 LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) 214 seeing info from Phone 63 seeing location of 138 send info by email 82 setting how displayed 205 setting how sorted 205 syncing 53, 55, 213 using to call someone 60 using to make a FaceTime video call 65 Yahoo! Address Book 55 controls, using 29 converting, videos 103 cookies 208 copying images 122 photos and videos in MMS messages 108 text 39 Cover Flow 96 current approximate location 142, 158 cutting and pasting text 39 D data protection 50, 195 data roaming 23, 73, 193 data, erasing 26, 50, 196, 201 date and time, setting 198 date format 200 debug console 209 declining calls 62 deleting alarms 152 all content and settings 50, 201 apps 179 clocks 151 contacts 215 contacts from Favorites 70 email account 203 email messages 82 notes 149 photos 127 playlists 100 removing 256 songs from a playlist 99 videos 103 YouTube playlists 133 YouTube videos from a playlist 133 developer settings 209 dialing hard pause 61, 215 manually 61 redial last phone number 61 soft pause 61, 215 dictionary 253 Digital AV Adapter 89, 102, 121, 131 directions, getting 142 disconnecting iPhone from computer 22 Dock Connector 160 Dock Connector to USB cable 11, 21 downloading apps 178 podcasts 172 E earphones about 11, 46 center button 11, 61, 62, 63, 93, 95, 101 See also headset 264 Index EDGE network 22, 23, 63 status icon 17 editing playlists 99 text 39 text conversations 109 text using VoiceOver 237 videos 128
191 emergency calls 67 Emoji 251 ending calls 46 enterprise, using iPhone in 259 ePub books 224 equalizer 210 erasing data 26, 50, 196, 201 EV-DO network 22, 23, 63 status icon 17 Exchange. See Microsoft Exchange exposure 127 external keyboards 40 F facemarks 251 FaceTime about 65 calling someone you've texted 110 in contact information 216 restricting 197 saving as favorite 70 settings 206
206 favorites calling a contact from 60, 70 managing 70 sending text messages 108 Fetch New Data 203
79
56 Find My iPhone 26, 51
127 focus 127 folders, Home screen 33 force quit an app 30, 51, 254 formats date, time, and telephone number 200 forwarding messages 82 G GAL (Global Address List) 81, 214 Game Center about 181 account information 186 achievements 184 Index downloading games 182 friends 185 inviting friends 183 leaderboards 184 playing games 183 recently played games 185 restricting friend requests 198 restricting multiplayer games 198 setting up 181 status information 186 Genius Mixes 92, 98 Genius playlists 58, 94, 98 Genius App Store 176 iTunes Store 167 gestures, VoiceOver 232 getting help 258 getting started 19 Google 148 Contacts 55 searching the web 88 GPRS network 22, 23, 63 status icon 17 GPS 139 grab points 40 H HAC 247 hands-free phone calls 63, 194 hard pause 61, 215 hardware keyboards 40 HD video 102, 121, 170 HDMI cable 103, 121 HDR photos 126, 211 headset center button 127, 130, 161 using with Voice Memos 160 See also earphones headset button. See mic button hearing aid compatibility 247 help, getting 258
102, 121, 170 hold, putting calls on 63 Home screen 12, 29 adding web clips 90 customizing 33 folders 33 wallpaper 36, 124, 192 Home Sharing 104 hybrid view 141 I iBooks about 223 brightness 226 265
227
224 organizing the bookshelf 228 printing or emailing a PDF 227 reading books 225 reading PDFs 226 searching 227 syncing bookmarks and notes 228 syncing books and PDFs 224 text size 226 iBookstore 223 iCal 55, 258 ICCID number 192 icons apps 14 status 17 images copying 122 pasting 122 IMAP accounts 75, 148 searching email 84 IMEI number 192, 259 installing apps from the App Store 178 international keyboards 199, 200, 248 Internet connection, sharing 24 Internet, connecting to 22 iPhoto 57, 258 iPod changing browse buttons 105 converting videos for iPhone 103 deleting videos 103 Genius Mixes 98 Genius playlists 98 headset controls 46 on-the-go playlists 133 playing songs using Voice Control 95 playlists 99
94 searching 97, 101 settings 210
92, 210 sleep timer 104 iTunes Store about 165 account 20, 165, 170, 175, 212 browsing 166 checking download status 172 Genius recommendations 167 purchasing ringtones 169 purchasing songs and albums 170 restricting 197 streaming or downloading podcasts 172 syncing purchased content 173 verifying purchases 174 iTunes U, syncing 53, 56 iTunes getting help 258 settings panes 54 J Japanese keyboard 251, 253 JavaScript 208 K
251 kaomoji (facemarks) 251 keyboards
40 Emoji 251 external 237 hardware 40 international 248 layouts 40 switching 249 switching languages 40 typing on 37
79 keypad adding a contact from 215 dialing manually 60, 245 displaying by default with VoiceOver 237 entering information during a call 63 making an emergency call 67 pasting a number to 61
252 L languages, switching keyboard 40 Large Text 243 LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) 214
127 links in email 78 on webpages 86 location. See Maps location services resetting location warnings 201 restricting 197 settings 194 status icon 18, 139 using with Camera 125 using with Compass 157 using with Maps 137 location warnings 201 Lock screen wallpaper 36, 124, 192 lock status icon 17 locking iPhone 11, 12, 17 lyrics, displaying 93 266 Index M Mac system requirements 19 magnetic north 157 Mail account setup 75, 202 attachments 79 Cc 204 checking for new messages 76, 82 deleting email account 203 deleting messages 82 forwarding messages 82 links 78 load additional messages 77 marking messages as unread 77 opening drafts 81 organizing email 83 password settings 203 printing messages and attachments 80 reading messages 76 replying to messages 81 resizing text column 77 saving drafts 81 searching 84 seeing recipients 77 sending email to someone youve texted 110 sending messages 81 sending photos and videos 81 sending webpage URL via email 87 sending YouTube video links 130, 131 settings 202, 203 sharing contact information 82 signatures 204 storing email on iPhone or server 202 syncing email account settings 53 viewing attachments 79 Yahoo! email account 52 zooming in a message 77 Maps adding location to a contact 145 bookmarking location 145 current approximate location 139, 142 dropped pin 140
138
144 getting directions 142 GPS 139 hybrid view 141 satellite view 141 seeing location of a contact 138 sharing a location 145
144 zooming 138 MEID number 192, 259 merging calls 64 Messages contacting someone youve texted 110 editing conversations 109 following links in messages 110 previews 110 replying to messages 107 saving a photo or video clip 108 saving conversations 107 sending a photo or video clip 108, 109 sending messages 106 sending messages to a group 107 setting alert sounds 110 settings 209 show earlier messages 107 mic button 46 microphone about 46 built-in 160 muting 63 microphone, external 160
79 Microsoft Exchange 81, 213 push accounts 52 searching email 84 setting up account 27 syncing 27, 111 Microsoft Internet Explorer 56, 89 Microsoft Outlook 55, 56, 148 missed calls number of 68 returning 60 MMS about 106 sending a link to a location 145 sending an address 140 sending a voice memo 163 sending photos and videos 117 settings 209 See also Messages MobileMe 148, 213 getting help 258 push accounts 52 searching email 84 security features 51 sending photos to a gallery 122 setting up account 26 syncing 89, 111 model number 192
192 Mono Audio 244 movies rented 56, 102, 103 syncing 53 music lyrics 93 managing manually 55 Index 267 previewing 170 purchasing 170 searching 97 syncing 53, 56 See also iPod music videos, syncing 53 muting a call 63, 66 N navigating. See panning, scrolling network activity status icon 17 networks 189 Nike + iPod activating 219 calibrating 222 linking a sensor 220 sending workouts to nikeplus.com 221 settings 212, 222 working out with 220 nikeplus.com 221 north, true and magnetic 157 Notes 149 searching 150 syncing 53, 148 NTSC 211
79 numeric keypad adding a contact from 215 dialing manually 60, 245 displaying by default with VoiceOver 237 entering information during a call 63 making an emergency call 67 pasting a number to 61 O
12, 127 opening apps 29 orientation, changing 85 Outlook Express. See Windows Address Book Outlook. See Microsoft Outlook overview, iPhone apps 14 P
79 pairing with Bluetooth headset 47 PAL 211 panning maps 138 webpages 86 parental controls. See Restrictions passcode 195 password, changing voicemail 207 pasting images 122 photos and videos in MMS messages 108 text 39 pause, while dialing 61, 215 pausing songs and videos 46 PC system requirements 19 PDFs emailing 227 printing 89, 227 reading in iBooks 226 syncing 224 viewing in Mail 79 Personal Hotspot 24 phone network name 192 Phone adding and editing contacts 215 adding calls 63 answering calls 46, 62 call waiting 71, 206 caller ID 71 calling internationally 73 calling someone youve texted 110 carrier services 207 changing voicemail password 207 conference calls 64 declining calls 46, 62 emergency calls 67 ending calls 46, 63 FaceTime video calls 65, 197 forwarding calls 70, 206 hands-free 63 locking SIM card 207 making calls 60 merging calls 64 missed calls 68 muting calls 63, 66 putting calls on hold 63 ring mode 72 second calls 64 setting up voicemail 68 settings 206 silencing calls 62 silent mode 72 switching between calls 46, 64
206 turning on vibrate 72 unpairing Bluetooth device 48 using Bluetooth devices 63 using favorites 70 using speakerphone 63 using TTY machine 206 video calls 197, 206 voice dialing 61 voicemail 68 voicemail alerts 68 photo albums 120 photos assigning to contacts 124 emailing 122 268 Index printing 124 saving MMS attachments 108 sending in email messages 81 sending in MMS messages 108 syncing 53, 57, 117 taking 126 using as wallpaper 36, 124, 192 Photos playing music during slideshow 120 settings 120, 211 viewing slideshows 120 zooming photos 119 See also Camera pictures. See Camera, Photos PIN number 207 Ping alerts 168 following artists and friends 167 in iTunes Store 167 restricting 197 while listening to music 94 Pinyin 249, 253 play, status icon 18 playlist folders 56, 92 playlists 99 podcasts downloading 172 streaming 172 syncing 53, 56 pop-ups 208 Portrait orientation lock status icon 18 power adapter 11 power, low 49 previewing music 170 ringtones 169 text messages 110 videos 170 Print Center 42 printing AirPrint printers 41 cancelling 42 email messages and attachments 80 overview 41 photos 124 setting up 41 status 42 webpages 89
201 purchased content, syncing 173, 180 purchasing apps 175 music 165, 170 ringtones 169 videos 170 push accounts 52, 203 R reading email 76 recent calls 60 rechargeable batteries 49 redialing last phone number 61 removing backups 256 renting movies and TV shows 56, 102, 103, 170 repeating songs 94 replacing battery 49, 259 replying to messages 81 requirements for using iPhone 19 resetting iPhone 51, 254 resizing webpage columns 86 restarting 51, 254 restoring iPhone software 256 restoring settings and information 257 restrictions, setting 196 ring mode 13, 72, 191 ringer adjusting volume 12, 191
191 Ring/Silent switch 13, 72 ringtones previewing 169 purchasing 169 setting 72, 191 syncing 53 roaming 73 Romaji 253 rotor control 234 S Safari anti-phishing 208 AutoFill 88, 208 bookmarking webpages 89 clearing cache 209 cookies 208 creating a new or adding to an existing contact 87 creating a preaddressed Mail message 87 Debug Console 209 developer settings 209 fraud warning 208 Home screen web clips 90 JavaScript 208 navigating 87 opening webpages 85, 87 pop-ups 208 printing webpages 89 reloading webpages 86
86 restricting 196 saving images to your Photo Library 87 searching 88 Index 269 security 208 settings 208 stopping webpages from loading 86 syncing bookmarks 53, 56
88 zooming webpages 86 satellite view 141 screen 191 setting to adjust automatically 191 using 29 screen reader 21 screenshot, taking a 127 scrolling about 30 maps 138 webpages 86 search engine 208 searching App Store 176 audio content 97 calendars 113 global 43 iTunes Store 166 Mail messages 84 notes 150 Spotlight Search setting 195 video content 101 webpage text 88 Wikipedia 43 YouTube videos 130 security erase data after ten failed passcode attempts 196 features 50 Find My iPhone 26, 51 setting passcode for iPhone 195 web 208 selecting text 39 sending email 81 photos and video clips 108 photos from Photos 122 text messages 106 voice memos 109 sensor, Nike + iPod 220
192, 259 service and support information 258 settings accessibility 200 accounts 202 airplane mode 187 alarms 152 alerts 110, 116 auto-capitalization 198 auto-correction 39, 198 auto-lock 195 Bluetooth 194 brightness 191 Calendar 112, 116 data roaming 193 date and time 112, 198 developer 209 email server 203 Fetch New Data 203 HDR photos 211 international 200 iPod 210 keyboard 198 language 200 location services 194 Mail, Contacts, Calendars 202 Mail 202 messages 209 network 193 Nike + iPod 212, 222
190 passcode lock 195 Phone 206 Photos 120, 211
201 resetting 201 restrictions 196 Safari 88, 208 screen brightness 191 search 195 security 208
210 slideshow 120 sound 110, 116 Store 212 temperature 147 TV out 211 usage statistics 192 vibrate 72 video 210 VoiceOver 229 VPN 193 wallpaper 36, 192 Wi-Fi 189
92, 210 sharing Internet connection 24 sharing photos and videos in email messages 81 in MMS messages 108
94 signatures, email 204 silencing calls 62 silent mode 13, 72, 191 SIM card, locking 207
250 sleep. See locking iPhone sleep timer 104 slideshows 120 270 Index settings 211 viewing 120 SMS 106 See also Messages soft pause 61, 215 software getting help 258 updating and restoring 256 version 192 sound adjusting ringer and alerts volume 191 adjusting volume 12, 46 calendar alert 116 setting limit 210 setting ringtone 191
191 Sound Check 210
12 Speak Auto-text 244 speakerphone 63 spell checking 39 Spotlight Search settings 195 SSL 203
170 star next to a phone number 216 Starbucks, browsing and purchasing music 166 status icons 17 stock information, Yahoo! 136 Stocks, adding and deleting quotes 135 stopwatch, using 153 storage capacity 192 Store, settings 212 streaming podcasts 172 subtitles 101
85 switching between calls 64 switching between cameras 66, 127 syncing bookmarks and notes in iBooks 228 calendars 111 getting calls during 22 Google Contacts 55 iTunes library contents 53 Microsoft Exchange 27, 111 MobileMe 26, 27, 111 notes 148 photos 117 preventing 57 purchased songs 173 Sync in progress message 22 voice memos 164 webpage bookmarks 89 system requirements 19 T taking photos 126 telephone. See Phone telephone number format 200
253 text cutting or copying 39 entering and editing using VoiceOver 237 increasing size 243 pasting 39 typing 37 typing in webpages 88 text messaging. See Messages time format 200 time zone support 112, 116, 198, 205 time, setting 198 timer setting 153 sleep 153 touchscreen, using 29 Traditional Chinese 250
144 transferring
56 purchased content 58, 173, 180 settings and information 255, 257
211 trimming videos 128 Triple-click Home setting 245 troubleshooting backing up 255 restarting 51, 254 software update and restore 256 true north 157 TTY machine, using 206 TTY status icon 18
11 TV shows rented 56, 102, 103 TV shows, syncing 53 TV signal settings 211 TV, viewing content on 89, 102, 121, 131 typing facemarks 251 international keyboards 248 keyboard 37 spell checking 39
88 word substitution 253 U UMTS network 22, 23, 63 status icon 17 undoing edits 40 Index 271 unlocking iPhone 12 unpairing Bluetooth device 48 unread messages, marking 77 updating iPhone software 256 usage statistics battery percentage 192 resetting 193 seeing 192 USB Power Adapter 121 USB cable 11, 21 port 21 power adapter 11 user dictionary 253 V VGA Adapter 89, 102, 131 vibrate, setting 72, 191 video calls 65, 216 restricting 197
206 video settings 210 videos alternate audio language 101 converting for iPhone 103 deleting 103 editing 128 previewing 170 purchasing 170 saving MMS attachments 108 searching 101 sending in MMS messages 108 subtitles 101 syncing 53, 56 trimming 128 watching on a TV 89, 102, 121, 131 See also iPod, Music, YouTube Vietnamese keyboard 252 virtual private network. See VPN Voice Control making a FaceTime call 65 making phone calls 44, 61 playing songs 44, 95 using with headset 46 Voice Memos attaching to MMS messages 163 emailing 163 recording 160 syncing 164 trimming 163 voicemail about 68 alerts 68 changing password 207 checking and managing 68 greeting 68 setting up 68 VoiceOver about 230 braille displays 242 entering and editing text 237 gestures 232 rotor control 234 setting up iPhone using 21 volume adjusting 12, 46 adjusting for ringer and alerts 191 setting limit 210 VPN accessing networks using 24
193 status icon 17
194 W waking iPhone 12 wallpaper 36, 124, 192 warranty service 259 watching videos on a TV 89, 102, 121, 131 weather information, Yahoo! 147 Weather adding cities 146 deleting cities 147 temperature settings 147 viewing 146 web. See Safari web clips, adding to Home screen 90 webpages bookmarking 89 syncing 53, 56 White on Black 244 Wi-Fi addresses 192 forgetting a network 189 joining a network 23, 189 settings 189 status icon 17
189 Wikipedia, searching 43 Windows Address Book 55 Windows system requirements 19 Works with iPhone logo 160 World Clock 151 Wubi Hua 250 Y Yahoo! 148 Address Book 55 search using 88 stock information 136 weather information 147 272 Index Yomi 253 YouTube bookmarking videos 130, 131 browsing videos 129 emailing links 130, 131 playing videos 130 restricting 196 searching for videos 130 Z Zhuyin 250, 253 Zoom (accessibility feature) 243 zooming camera 127 email messages 77 maps 138 photos 119 webpages 86 Index 273
Apple Inc. 2011 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Apple, the Apple logo, AirPlay, Aperture, Apple TV, Cover Flow, FaceTime, Finder, iBooks, iCal, iMovie,
Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, Numbers, Pages, QuickTime, Safari, Spotlight, and the Works with iPhone logo are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. AirPrint, iPad, the Made for iPhone logo, Multi-Touch,
Apple, Apple Store, iDisk, and iTunes Store are service marks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. App Store, iBookstore, iTunes Extras, and MobileMe are service marks of Apple Inc. IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under license.
Corporation and is used in the U.S. under license.
of U.S. patent numbers 6,018,705, 6,052,654, 6,493,652, 6,298,314, 6,611,789, 6,876,947, and 6,882,955, either alone or when used in combination with a Nike + iPod enabled iPod media player or iPhone 3GS or later. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Apple Inc. is under license. Adobe and Photoshop are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the U.S. and/or other countries. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. Mention of third-party products is for informational purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement nor a recommendation. Apple assumes no responsibility with regard to the performance or use of these products. All understandings, agreements, or warranties, if any, take place directly between the vendors and the
that the information in this manual is accurate. Apple is not responsible for printing or clerical errors. 019-2024/2011-03
| 1 2 3 4 5 | HAC mode implementation | Users Manual | 87.18 KiB | November 08 2011 |
Hearing Aid Compatibility Version 1.0 August 6, 2011 Ben Juang Sherman Jin
!
Apple Condential - Do Not Distribute - Not to be Used or Disclosed Without Permission from Apple Copyright 2011, Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Overview Hearing Aid Compatibility (also known as HAC mode) is a feature that requires digital wireless phones to be compatible with hearing-aids as indicated in FCCs CFR Title 47 20.19. This feature is intended to ensure that consumers with hearing disabilities have reasonable access to telecommunication services when using Apples iPhone 4. HAC mode feature is part of Apples iOS 5.0 software release for the iPhone 4. No additional software installation is required. Implementation For the iPhone 4 and iOS 5.0 software release, the HAC mode feature is enabled through the use of a Hearing Aid Mode switch. For any Out-of-the-box device, the Hearing Aid Mode switch is set to OFF. A User can always enable this feature when required. When the Hearing Aid Mode switch is set to ON and when the device is in a normal voice call, it will reduce the maximum transmit power by 2.5 dB in GSM operations in the 1900 MHz band. For any emergency calls, when the Hearing Aid Mode switch is set to ON, there is no reduction of the maximum transmit power. The reduction of maximum transmit power in this band may affect the GSM cellular coverage in some areas. The Hearing Aid Mode switch can be found in the User Interface of the iOS 5.0 software release, at the following location:
Settings --> General --> Accessibility --> Hearing Aid Mode --> On/Off Apple Condential - Do Not Distribute - Not to be Used or Disclosed Without Permission from Apple Copyright 2011, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
| 1 2 3 4 5 | 02 request for confidentiality | Cover Letter(s) | 95.52 KiB | July 06 2010 |
June 4, 2010 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Office of Engineering and Technology Laboratory Division 7435 Oakland Mills Rd. Columbia MD 21046-1609 Re: Request for confidentiality regarding application for certification of FCC ID: BCG-E2380A. To Whom It May Concern:
Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions rules (47 CRF 0.457, 0.459), Apple Inc. hereby requests confidential treatment for documents filed with the Commission in connection with the application for certification referenced above as follows. Short Term Confidentiality Apple requests that the Commission withhald the following documents from public viewing for forty-five days after the date certification is granted:
Test Setup Photographs
* External Photographs Internal Photographs e User Manual Although Apple has begun to market the device publicly, these documents reveal technical and design information that has not been publicly disclosed in such marketing and that is protected by Apple as confidential and proprietary trade secrets. This information has been disclosed to those required to maintain its confidentiality, and is not customarily disclosed publicly prior to the commercial release of a device. As a result, disclosure of this information by the Commission prior to the commercial release would harm Apple by giving competitors an unfair market advantage. Apple believes the period of confidentiality requested is necessary to protect the information until the commercial release of the device. Permanent Confidentiality Apple requests that the Commission withhold the following documents from public viewing indefinitely:
Block Diagram Operational Description Applications Processor Schematic Cellular Radio Schematic WiFi and Bluetooth Schematic Applications Processor Bill of Material Cellular Radio Bill of Material WiFi and Bluetooth Bill of Material Antenna Gain and Patterns U These documents reveal detailed technical and design information that is protected by Apple as confidential and proprietary trade secrets. This information has been disclosed to those required to maintain its confidentiality, and is not customarily disclosed to the public even after commercial release of a device. As a result, disclosure of this information by the Commission would harm Apple by giving competitors an unfair market advantage even after commercial release of the device. Sincerely, Reb dash Robert Steinfeld EMC & Wireless Compliance Manager Apple Inc. 1 Infinite Loop, Mail Stop 26A Cupertino, California USA Phone: (408) 974-2618 Fax (408) 862-5061 Email: steinfel@apple.com we is ys IT TE a Oy
| frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | 2011-10-04 | 1852.4 ~ 1907.6 | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | Class II Permissive Change |
| 2 | 2011-03-09 | 1852.4 ~ 1907.6 | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | |
| 3 | 2010-06-07 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | Original Equipment |
| 4 | 824.2 ~ 848.8 | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | ||
| 5 | 2412 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System |
| app s | Applicant Information | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Effective |
2011-10-04
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
2011-03-09
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
2010-06-07
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Apple Inc.
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0005899216
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Physical Address |
One Apple Park Way
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
Cupertino, CA
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
Cupertino, California 95014
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
United States
|
|||||
| app s | TCB Information | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | TCB Application Email Address |
k******@cetecom.com
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
B1: Commercial mobile radio services equipment in the following 47 CFR Parts 20, 22 (cellular), 24,25 (below 3 GHz) & 27
|
|||||
| app s | FCC ID | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Grantee Code |
BCG
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Equipment Product Code |
E2380A
|
||||
| app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Name |
M******** D******
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Title |
EMC Engineer
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Telephone Number |
408 9********
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Fax Number |
408 9********
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
m******@apple.com
|
|||||
| app s | Technical Contact | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Firm Name |
Compliance Certification Services
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
Apple Inc.
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Name |
M**** H********
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
R******** S******
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Physical Address |
47173 Benicia Street
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
1 Infinite Loop
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
Fremont, California 94538
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
Cupertino, California 95030
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
Cupertino, 95030
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
United States
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Telephone Number |
(510)********
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
510-7********
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
408-9********
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Fax Number |
(510)********
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
510-6********
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
M******@CCSEMC.COM
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
m******@ccsemc.com
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
s******@apple.com
|
|||||
| app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Firm Name |
Compliance Certification Services
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Name |
C****** H********
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Physical Address |
47173 Benicia Street
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
Fremont, California 94538
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
United States
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Telephone Number |
510-7********
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Fax Number |
510-6********
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
c******@ccsemc.com
|
|||||
| app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | No | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | If so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format) | 11/18/2011 | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | 06/23/2010 | |||||
| if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
| app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Equipment Class | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | Smart Cellular Telephone | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Smart cellular telephone | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Purpose / Application is for | Class II Permissive Change | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Original Equipment | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Grant Comments | Output power is ERP for Part 22 and EIRP for Part 24. Authorizations under this FCC ID are applicable only for the 850/1900 MHz WWAN, WLAN and Bluetooth operations as described within. Part 22 GPRS and (E)GPRS modes have 1.5 dB power reduction relative to original grant, for GMSK modulation and 2 time-slot configuration. This device contains functions that are not operational in U.S Territories; filings under this FCC ID are applicable only for US operations. SAR compliance for body-worn operating configurations is limited to the specific configurations tested for filings under this FCC ID. For satisfying FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and must provide at least 1.5 cm separation between the device, including its antenna, and the user's body. End-users must be informed of the body-worn operating requirements for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR values for filings under this FCC ID are: Part 22: head 1.00 W/kg, body 1.11 W/kg; Part 24: head 1.17 W/kg, body 0.66 W/kg; Part 15: head 0.87 W/kg, body 0.14 W/kg. HAC Rating M3T3. HAC rating requires user activation of a special mode for GSM operation in the 1900 MHz band. This device supports held to the ear telephone calls over other air-interface modes not defined in C63.19-2007 which have not been tested for hearing aid compatibility. | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Output power is ERP for Part 22 and EIRP for Part 24. Authorizations under this FCC ID are applicable only for the 850/1900 MHz WWAN, WLAN and Bluetooth operations as described within. Part 22 GPRS and (E)GPRS modes have 1.5 dB power reduction relative to original grant, for GMSK modulation and 2 time-slot configuration. This device contains functions that are not operational in U.S Territories; filings under this FCC ID are applicable only for US operations. SAR compliance for body-worn operating configurations is limited to the specific configurations tested for filings under this FCC ID. For satisfying FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and must provide at least 1.5 cm separation between the device, including its antenna, and the user's body. End-users must be informed of the body-worn operating requirements for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR values for filings under this FCC ID are: Part 22: head 1.00 W/kg, body 1.11 W/kg; Part 24: head 1.17 W/kg, body 0.66 W/kg; Part 15: head 0.87 W/kg, body 0.14 W/kg. | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Power listed is conducted. The Bluetooth transmitter is co-located with the Part 22/24 and WLAN transmitter in the device. End-users must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Output power is ERP for Part 22 and EIRP for Part 24. This filing is only applicable for 850/1900 MHz PCS, WLAN and Bluetooth operations. This device contains functions that are not operational in U.S Territories. This filing is only applicable for US operations. SAR compliance for body-worn operating configurations is limited to the specific configurations tested for this filing. Body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and must provide at least 1.5 cm separation between the device, including its antenna, and the users body. End-users must be informed of the body-worn operating requirements for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR values are: Part 22: Head: 1.00W/kg - Body-worn: 1.11W/kg; Part 24: Head: 1.17W/kg - Body-worn: 0.433W/kg; Part 15: Head: 0.871W/kg - Body-worn: 0.073W/kg. | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Power listed is conducted. This filing is only applicable for 850/1900 MHz PCS, WLAN and Bluetooth operations. This device contains functions that are not operational in U.S Territories. This filing is only applicable for US operations. SAR compliance for body-worn operating configurations is limited to the specific configurations tested for this filing. Body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and must provide at least 1.5 cm separation between the device, including its antenna, and the users body. End-users must be informed of the body-worn operating requirements for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR values are: Part 22: Head: 1.00W/kg - Body-worn: 1.11W/kg; Part 24: Head: 1.17W/kg - Body-worn: 0.433W/kg; Part 15: Head: 0.871W/kg - Body-worn: 0.073W/kg. | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
| app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Firm Name |
Compliance Certification Services
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
CETECOM Inc.
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Name |
T******** C******
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
K****** L******
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Telephone Number |
510-7********
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
408-5********
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 | Fax Number |
510-6********
|
||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
408-5********
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
t******@ccsemc.com
|
|||||
| 1 2 3 4 5 |
k******@cetecom.com
|
|||||
| Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 | 1 | 22H | HC | 824.2 | 848.8 | 1.66 | 0.0355 ppm | 246KGXW | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 | 2 | 22H | HC | 824.2 | 848.8 | 0.92 | 0.0355 ppm | 247KG7W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 | 3 | 22H | HC | 826.4 | 846.6 | 0.38 | 0.043 ppm | 4M07F9W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 | 4 | 24E | HC | 1850.2 | 1909.8 | 1.26 | 0.0356 ppm | 244KGXW | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 | 5 | 24E | HC | 1850.2 | 1909.8 | 0.94 | 0.0356 ppm | 247KG7W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 | 6 | 24E | HC | 1852.4 | 1907.6 | 0.53 | 0.034 ppm | 4M08F9W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2 | 1 | 22H | 824.2 | 848.8 | 1.66 | 0.0355 ppm | 246KGXW | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2 | 2 | 22H | 824.2 | 848.8 | 0.92 | 0.0355 ppm | 247KG7W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2 | 3 | 22H | 826.4 | 846.6 | 0.38 | 0.043 ppm | 4M07F9W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2 | 4 | 24E | 1850.2 | 1909.8 | 1.26 | 0.0356 ppm | 244KGXW | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2 | 5 | 24E | 1850.2 | 1909.8 | 0.94 | 0.0356 ppm | 247KG7W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2 | 6 | 24E | 1852.4 | 1907.6 | 0.53 | 0.034 ppm | 4M08F9W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 3 | 1 | 15C | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0230000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4 | 1 | 22H | 824.2 | 848.8 | 1.66 | 0.0355 ppm | 246KGXW | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4 | 2 | 22H | 824.2 | 848.8 | 0.92 | 0.0355 ppm | 247KG7W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4 | 3 | 22H | 826.4 | 846.6 | 0.38 | 0.043 ppm | 4M07F9W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4 | 4 | 24E | 1850.2 | 1909.8 | 1.26 | 0.0356 ppm | 244KGXW | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4 | 5 | 24E | 1850.2 | 1909.8 | 0.94 | 0.0356 ppm | 247KG7W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4 | 6 | 24E | 1852.4 | 1907.6 | 0.53 | 0.034 ppm | 4M08F9W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5 | 1 | 15C | 2412.00000000 | 2462.00000000 | 0.3990000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC